Skip to main content

Full text of "The Jenolan caves: an excursion in Australian wonderland"

See other formats


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


^A  oy^?^. 


THE  JENOLAN  CAVES. 


THE 


TENOLAN  CAVES: 

*.' 


EXCURSION 


AUSTRALIAN  WONDERLAND. 


BY   SAMUEL   COOK. 


ILLUSTRATED    WITH    TWENTY-FOUR    PLATES   AND    MAP. 


EYRE    &    SPOTTISWOODE, 


LONDON—  GREAT    NEW    STREET,   FLEET    STREET,   E.G. 

1889. 


. .  ,   •   p 


\ 


:DU 

130 


PREFACE. 


THE  following-  historical  and  descriptive  account  of  the  Jenolan 
(formerly  called  the  Fish  River)  Caves  was  written  for  the 
Sydney  Morning  Herald.  By  the  kind  permission  of  the  proprietors  of 
that  journal  (Messrs.  John  Fairfax  and  Sons)  and,  at  the  request  of 
numerous  correspondents,  it  is  now  republished.  The  author  is  con- 
scious, however,  that  neither  tongue,  nor  pen,  nor  pictorial  art  can 
convey  an  adequate  idea  of  the  magnificence  and  exquisite  beauty 
of  these  caves.  Words  are  too  poor  to  express  the  feelings  of  admi- 
ration and  awe  which  are  experienced  by  those  who  wander  through 
the  marvellous  subterranean  galleries  embellished  with  myriads  of 
graceful  and  fantastic  forms  of  purest  white  alternating  with  rich 
colour  and  delicate  tints  and  shades.  Of  all  the  caves  in  New  South 
Wales  those  at  Jenolan  are  the  most  beautiful,  and  well-travelled 
men  admit  that  they  are  unrivalled  in  any  other  part  of  the  world 
As  they  are  so  little  known  this  book  may  be  interesting,  and  serve 
to  give  some  impression  concerning  geological  transformations  and  the 
slow  processes  of  Nature  in  the  production  of  works  at  once  grand, 
ornate,  and  unique. 

The  illustrations  are  from  photographs  by  Messrs.  Kerry  and  Jones 
of  Sydney,  who  have  generously  permitted  the  author  to  make  selections 
from  their  beautiful  and  extensive  series  of  cave  pictures. 


483058 

LIU  S£T8 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER    I.  PAGR 

How  THE  CAVES  WERE  DISCOVERED      -  13 

CHAPTER    II. 

THE  APPROACH  TO  THE  CAVES      -  17 

CHAPTER    III. 
THE  EXTERNAL  FEATURES  OF  THE  CAVES — THE  GRAND  ARCH  20 

CHAPTER    IV. 
THE  DEVIL'S  COACH-HOUSE  33 

CHAPTER    V. 

THE  NIGHT  CAVES  -  39 

CHAPTER    VI. 
THE  NETTLE  CAVE  -  43 

CHAPTER    VII. 
THE  ARCH  CAVE  -  48 

CHAPTER    VIII. 

THE  CARLOTTA  ARCH        -  55 

CHAPTER    IX. 
THE  ELDER  CAVE 

CHAPTER    X. 
THE  LUCAS  CAVE— THE  Music  HALL— THE  SHAWL  CAVE  65 


x  THE  JENOLAN    CAVES. 

CHAPTER    XL  PAGE 

THE     EXHIBITION — THE     BROKEN     COLUMN — THE    JEWEL    CASKET — 

JUDGE  WINDEYER'S  COUCH — THE  UNDERGROUND  BRIDGE        -         73 

CHAPTER    XII. 

THE     LURLINE     CAVE — THE     FOSSIL    BONE     CAVE — THE     SNOWBALL 

CAVE       ...  83 

CHAPTER    XIII. 
THE  BONE  CAVES  88 

CHAPTER    XIV. 

THE    IMPERIAL    CAVE — THE    WOOL    SHED    AND    THE   GRAVEL    PITS — 

THE  ARCHITECT'S  STUDIO — THE  BONE  CAVE  92 

CHAPTER    XV. 

THE  MARGHERITA  CAVE     -  99 

CHAPTER    XVI. 
THE  HELENA  CAVE  -       102 

CHAPTER    XVII. 
THE  GROTTO  CAVE  -       108 

CHAPTER    XVIII. 
THE  LUCINDA  CAVE  -       1 1 3 

CHAPTER    XIX. 

KATIE'S  BOWER    -  -       116 

CHAPTER    XX. 

THE    RIGHT-HAND    BRANCH    OF    THE    IMPERIAL    CAVE — THE    SUBTER- 
RANEAN RIVER     -  122 

CHAPTER    XXI. 

THE    FOSSIL   BONE   CAVE,   THE  SPARKLING    ROCK,   AND    THE    CRYSTAL 

ROCK  _  -       133 


CONTENTS.  xi 

CHAPTER    XXII.  PM;K 

THE  SHAWL  CAVE  -       136 

CHAPTER    XXIII. 
LOT'S  WIFE  139 

CHAPTER    XXIV. 

THE  CRYSTAL  CITIES — THE  SHOW-ROOM  AND  THE  GRAND  STALACTITES-       147 

CHAPTER    XXV. 

THE     FAIRIES'     BOWER — THE      SELINA     CAVE  —  THE     MYSTERY — 

NELLIE'S  GROTTO  154 

CHAPTER    XXVI. 

THE    VESTRY,    THE    JEWEL    CASKET,    THE    BRIDAL    VEIL,    AND    THE 

FLOWERING  COLUMN     -  -       163 

CHAPTER    XXVII. 

How  CAVES  ARE  MADE — THE  WORK  OF  AGES     -  168 

CHAPTER    XXVIII. 

THE    GARDEN    PALACE — THE    STALAGMITE    CAVE    AND    THE    GEM    OF 

THE  WEST  •        174 

CHAPTER    XXIX. 
THE  FAIRIES'  RETREAT — THE  QUEEN'S  DIAMONDS  181 

CHAPTER    XXX. 

GENERAL  IMPRESSIONS — CAVES  UNEXPLORED  i  s  \ 

CHAPTER    XXXI. 
CONCLUSION  -       189 


LIST    OF    ILLUSTRATIONS. 


THE  CORAL  GROTTO       -  frontispiece 
THE  GRAND  ARCH  ENTRANCE                                                           To  face  page  20 

THE  GRAND  ARCH — LOOKING  EAST  .,             25 

CAMP  CREEK  „             29 

THE  DEVIL'S  COACH-HOUSE  -  ,,             33 

THE  NORTHERN  ENTRANCE  TO  THE  DEVIL'S  COACH-HOUSE  „             37 

THE  NETTLE  CAVE  ,,             43 

THE  ARCH  CAVE      -  „             48 

THE  CARLOTTA  ARCH  ,,             55 

THE  LUCAS  CAVE     -  ,,             65 

THE  SHAWL  CAVE  ,,             71 

THE  BROKEN  COLUMN  ,,             74 

THE  UNDERGROUND  BRIDGE  „             81 

THE  ARCHITECT'S  STUDIO  ,,             97 

THE  HELENA  CAVE  „           102 

THE  LUCINDA  CAVE  „           113 

KATIE'S  BOWER     -  ,,           1 16 

THE  UNDERGROUND  RIVER  AND  ITS  REFLECTIONS    -  ,,122 

THE  CRYSTAL  CITY  ,,           147 

THE  SHOW-ROOM  ,,            150 

THE  MYSTERY       -  .,           156 

NELLIE'S  GROTTO     -  „           161 

THE  ALABASTER  COLUMN  -  ,.174 

THE  GEM  OF  THE  WEST  ,,           179 


MAP  OF  THE  DISTRICT  At  end  of  book. 


THE  JENOLAN  CAVES. 


CHAPTER    I. 


HOW   THE   CAVES   WERE   DISCOVERED. 

THE  Jenolan  Caves  contain  some  of  the  most  remarkable  and  beau- 
tiful objects  in  Australian  wonderland.  They  are  formed  in  a 
limestone  "  dyke,"  surrounded  by  magnificent  scenery,  and  hide  in  their 
dark  recesses  natural  phenomena  of  rare  interest  to  the  geologist,  as  well 
as  of  pleasurable  contemplation  by  non-scientific  visitors ;  while  in  and 
about  them  the  moralist  may  find 

" tongues  in  trees,  books  in  the  running  brooks, 

Sermons  in  stones,  and  good  in  everything." 

To  see  these  caves  once  is  to  create  a  lifelong  memory.  The  pink 
and  the  white  terraces  of  New  Zealand,  which  before  the  recent  eruptions 
attracted  so  many  tourists,  did  not  excel  in  splendour  the  caves  at 
Jenolan.  But  it  is  common  for  people  to  go  abroad  to  admire  less 
interesting  things  than  are  to  be  found  within  easy  distance  of  their 
starting  point,  and  which,  if  they  were  a  thousand  miles  away,  would 
probably  be  regarded  as  worthy  of  a  special  pilgrimage.  There  are 
persons  living  two  or  three  leagues  from  the  caves  who  have  never  seen 
them,  and  who,  if  they  embraced  the  opportunity  for  inspection,  would 
possibly  regard  them  with  the  kind  of  wonder  with  which  they  would 
gaze  upon  the  transformation  scene  at  a  pantomime.  And  yet  the  most 
frequent  entry  in  the  visitors'  book  is  that  the  caves  are  "grand  beyond 


14  THE  JENOLAN  CAVES. 

expectation,"  and  in  some  of  their  principal  features  "  indescribably 
beautiful." 

The  first  of  these  caves  was  discovered  in  1841  by  James  Whalan,  who 
lived  on  the  Fish  River,  near  what  is  now  the  Tarana  Railway  Station. 
Having  been  robbed  by  a  man  named  M'Ewan,  he  accompanied  a  police 
officer  in  search  of  the  desperado,  and  tracked  him  to  the  romantic  spot 
which  forms  the  centre  of  the  cave  reserve,  where  he  was  captured. 

It  is  possible  that  some  of  these  caves  were  known  previously  to  out- 
laws, who  found  in  them  a  secure  and  convenient  hiding-place  when 
hotly  pursued.  But  the  visit  of  Whalan  on  the  occasion  of  the  capture 
of  M'Ewan  first  brought  them  into  public  notice.  The  name  of  the  bush- 
ranger is  given  to  the  creek  which  plays  an  important  part  in  connection 
with  the  caves.  One  of  the  principal  features  received  its  name  from  the 
captor,  and  another — the  Bow  Cave — is  called  after  some  stolen  bullock- 
bows  found  therein.  They  were  then  known  as  the  "  Fish  River  Caves," 
or  as  the  "  Binda  Caves."  They  were  called  the  Fish  River  Caves 
because  they  were  in  what  was  then  regarded  as  the  "  Fish  River 
District,"  and  not  very  far  from  the  Fish  River  post-office.  They  were 
called  the  "  Binda  Caves "  after  a  station  about  nine  miles  distant  to  the 
northward.  And  so  they  were  indifferently  known  until  the  month  of 
August,  1884,  when  their  designation  was  officially  changed  to  "Jenolan" 
— that  being  the  name  given  by  Sir  Thomas  Mitchell  (Surveyor-General 
of  New  South  Wales)  to  the  mountain  from  which  is  named  the  parish 
within  which  the  caves  are  situated. 

The  change  of  nomenclature  was  recommended  on  the  ground  that 
the  then  existing  names  were  infelicitous  and  misleading, — the  caves 
being  not  upon  the  Fish  River,  but  upon  a  different  watershed,  separated 
from  it  by  the  main  dividing  range  of  the  colony.  The  time  was  considered 
appropriate  for  remedying  the  mistake,  because  a  map  of  the  parish  of 
Jenolan  was  then  in  course  of  preparation,  and  would  shortly  be  litho- 
graphed and  issued  to  the  public.  The  official  correspondence  on  this 


HOW  THE   CAVE'S    WERE  DISCOVERED.  15 

subject  discloses  the  fact  that  "Binda"  was  first  thought  of  as  a  good 
official  name,  and  then  "  Bindo ;"  but  the  former  was  found  to  be  the  name 
of  a  post  town  between  Yass  and  Goulburn,  and  the  latter  the  name  of 
a  village  and  a  mountain  nine  miles  north  of  the  caves,  and,  like  the  Fish 
River,  on  the  west  side  of  the  dividing  range. 

Some  exception  was  taken  to  the  proposed  change.  It  was  urged  that 
the  name  "Jenolan"  was  already  applied  to  a  mountain  in  the  Capertee 
district;  but  to  this  it  was  replied  that  the  mountain  called  "Jenolan," 
seven  or  eight  miles  from  the  caves  in  an  easterly  direction,  was  marked 
on  Sir  Thomas  Mitchell's  engraved  map  of  the  central  portion  of  New 
South  Wales,  whilst  the  other  was  not  so  defined — showing  precedence 
in  point  of  time  and  importance ;  and,  further,  that  the  orthography  of 
the  two  names  is  different,  the  one  being  spelt  "Jenolan"  and  the  other 
"  Geenowlan  " — the  former  being  the  name  of  the  parish  in  which  the 
caves  are  situated,  and  the  latter  the  name  of  a  peak  near  Capertee, 
in  the  county  of  Roxburg.  So  it  was  finally  determined  to  change  the 
name  of  the  caves  to  "Jenolan,"  and  in  August,  1884,  they  were  gazetted 
accordingly.  Such  a  change  could  not  have  taken  place  without  incon- 
venience and  some  misconception.  Recently  inquiries  have  been  made  as 
to  whether  the  "Jenolan  Caves"  are  newly-discovered  wonders,  or  old 
friends  under  a  new  designation  ? 

For  about  a  quarter  of  a  century  after  the  discovery  by  Whalan,  little 
notice  was  taken  of  the  caves.  They  were  regarded  by  a  few  who  knew 
about  them  as  remarkable  freaks  of  nature,  but  allowed  to  remain  unex- 
plored until  some  of  their  hidden  beauties  were  so  disclosed  as  to  rouse 
the  enthusiasm  of  the  present  curator — Mr.  Jeremiah  Wilson — to  whom, 
for  his  daring,  energy,  and  patient  investigation  the  public  are  greatly 
indebted.  When  their  fame  began  to  be  bruited  about,  the  number  of 
visitors  increased,  and  among  them  were  Goths  and  Vandals  who  did  not 
scruple  to  remove  many  a  crystal  gem  from  the  still  unfathomed  caves. 
It  became  evident  that  unless  something  were  promptly  done  to  secure 


i6  THE  JENOLAN  CAVES. 

these  newly-found  treasures  to  the  public,  and  protect  them  from  ruth- 
less hands,  their  magnificence  would  soon  be  destroyed,  and  the  people 
deprived  of  a  possession  which  should  be  a  source  of  delight  and  instruc- 
tion to  succeeding  generations,  and  excite  the  admiration  of  tourists 
from  all  parts  of  the  world.  The  Government  did  the  right  thing  when 
it  prevented  the  acquisition  by  private  individuals  of  the  caves  and  a 
large  area  of  land  around  them.  It  would  have  been  better  had  the 
dedication  to  the  public  been  made  earlier. 

The  Gazette  notice  reserving  from  conditional  purchase  land  about  the 
caves  with  a  view  to  their  preservation,  bears  date  2nd  October,  1866, 
and  has  appended  to  it  the  signature  of  the  late  J.  Bowie  Wilson,  who 
was  then  Secretary  for  Lands  in  the  Martin  Ministry.  The  area  specially 
protected  is.  six  and  a  quarter  square  miles  in  the  county  of  Westmore- 
land, and  near  to  it  are  some  important  forest  reserves. 

The  official  correspondence  from  1866  to  the  present  time  is  not  very 
interesting,  having  reference  principally  to  suggested  improvements ;  it 
is  very  bulky,  and  shows  that  a  large  amount  of  official  interest  has  been 
taken  in  the  subject ;  but  the  money  expended  and  the  work  accomplished 
indicate  that  hitherto  Government  and  Parliament  have  had  but  a  faint 
idea  of  their  obligations  in  regard  to  the  Jenolan  Caves. 


CHAPTER  II. 


THE  APPROACH  TO  THE  CAVES. 

THERE  are  several  routes  to  the  caves.  That  commonly  chosen  is 
by  way  of  Tarana,  a  small  township  120  miles  from  Sydney  by  rail, 
and  2,560  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  The  train  journey  is  through 
interesting1  country.  Leaving-  behind  the  new  western  suburbs  with  their 
elegant  villas,  stately  mansions,  and  well-kept  gardens,  the  traveller  arrives 
at  Parramatta  with  its  quaint  old  church,  its  fine  domain  with  sturdy  English 
oaks  of  magnificent  growth,  its  glimpses  of  river,  its  old  King's  School, 
and  its  many  evidences  of  change  from  the  old  to  the  new. 

From  Parramatta  (which  is  but  14  miles  from  Sydney),  to  Penrith,  there 
are  farms,  and  dark-leaved  orange  groves  sweet-scented  and  laden  with 
golden  fruit;  villages  and  townships  and  little  homesteads  where  peace 
and  contentment  seem  to  reign;  orchards  and  cultivated  fields  with  rich 
brown  soil  on  the  hill  sides ;  fine  horses,  splendid  cattle,  and  cottages 
with  troops  of  sturdy  children.  At  Penrith,  34  miles  from  Sydney  and 
88  feet  above  sea-level,  the  country  is  flat,  and  the  Nepean  River  which 
flows  in  graceful  contour  is  spanned  by  a  magnificent  iron  bridge  sup- 
ported on  four  massive  piers  of  solid  masonry.  The  train  speeds  across 
the  Emu  plains  which  are  walled  in  by  the  Blue  Mountains,  so-called  on 
account  of  the  azure  haze  which  covers  them  as  with  a  bridal  veil  and 
is  to  the  everlasting  hills  what  the  bloom  is  to  the  peach.  Scaling  the 
mountain  side  by  a  zigzag  road,  which  is  one  of  the  "  show  "  works  of 
the  colony  illustrative  of  engineering  audacity,  in  the  course  of  a  few 
miles  the  train  climbs  to  an  elevation  of  700  feet.  At  Bloxland's  platform, 
42  miles  from  Sydney,  the  altitude  is  766  feet  above  sea-level. 


1 8  THE  JENOLAN   CAVES. 

The  name  ol  Bloxland  recalls  the  fact  that  it  was  not  until  1813  that  a 
route  across  the  Blue  Mountains  was  discovered.  Near  to  the  railway  line 
is  the  track  found  by  Wentworth,  Bloxland,  and  Lawson,  over  what  had 
theretofore  been  regarded  as  an  impassable  barrier  range  to  the  west- 
ward of  Sydney.  On  speeds  the  train,  still  rising-  and  rising,  and  revealing 
a  series  of  views  remarkable  for  grandeur  and  the  sylvan  monotony  of  the 
gum  tree,  until  at  Katoomba  platform,  66  miles  from  Sydney,  the  elevation 
is  3,350  feet  above  sea-level.  And  so  the  journey  continues  past  abrupt 
rocks,  gloomy  gorges,  sparkling  waterfalls,  rocky  glens,  bold  bluffs,  leafy 
gullies,  fairy  dells  and  vernal  valleys,  until  it  descends  the  Great  Zigzag 
into  Lithgow,  falling  about  700  feet  in  less  than  five  miles !  Lithgow  is 
96  miles  from  Sydney,  and  although  the  Blue  Mountains  have  been  passed, 
the  altitude  is  still  about  3,000  feet.  Lithgow  is  a  busy  place,  apparently 
destined  to  become  a  manufacturing  centre.  There  are  already  in  the 
vicinity  numerous  coal  mines,  potteries,  and  other  works.  From  this  point 
to  Tarana  the  country  varies  from  agricultural  and  pastoral  to  rugged 
scenery. 

The  distance  from  Tarana  to  the  caves  is  35  miles,  which  has  to  be 
traversed  by  coach  or  on  horseback.  At  present  the  ordinary  course  is 
to  take  coach  on  the  arrival  of  the  train  at  Tarana  and  drive  to  Oberon 
the  same  evening.  The  road  is  good,  the  district  agricultural,  and  the 
scenery  agreeable.  The  course  from  Oberon  to  the  caves  is  through  a 
less  settled  country,  and  for  a  considerable  distance  through  unsettled 
primeval  "  bush,"  occupied  chiefly  by  the  wallaby,  the  opossum,  the 
bandicoot,  many  varieties  of  the  parrot  kind  that  flaunt  their  gaudy 
plumage  in  the  sunlight,  and  the  native  pheasant  or  lyre  bird  (Menura 
superba)  which  is  a  veritable  mimic.  The  country  is  broken  and 
mountainous  and  in  winter  the  temperature  is  low,  with  cutting  winds 
and  severe  frosts ;  in  summer  the  heat  is  fervent.  These  silent  forces 
in  conjunction  with  brawling  mountain  torrents  have  been  large  factors 
in  the  production  of  the  natural  phenomena  which  are  to  be  found  in 


THE   APPROACH    TO    THE    CAVES.  19 

the  valley  dammed    by  the   limestone  "  dyke "   in  which  the  caves   are 
formed. 

The  approach  to  the  Jenolan  Caves  at  the  end  of  the  route  via  Tarana 
is  remarkable  for  its  construction  and  gradient,  as  well  as  for  the  mag- 
nificent scenery  which  surrounds  it.  All  the  way  from  Oberon  the  land 
rises,  until  an  altitude  of  4,365  feet  above  sea-level  is  attained.  Then 
there  is  a  gradual  downward  grade,  until  what  is  called  "The  Top  Camp" 
is  reached,  shortly  after  which  the  traveller  arrives  at  a  part  of  the  range 
which  he  traverses  by  five  zigzags,  and  descends  about  500  yards  in  a 
total  length  of  road  five  chains  less  than  three  miles  !  This  thoroughfare 
is  made  by  cutting  into  the  mountain  side  ;  and  although  with  a  well- 
appointed  conveyance  and  careful  driving  it  is  safe  enough,  inexperienced 
travellers  feel  a  sense  of  relief  when  the  journey  is  concluded,  and  they 
are  set  down  at  the  Cave  House  below,  which,  notwithstanding  that  it 
is  in  the  lowest  depth  of  a  mountain  recess,  is  still  nearly  2,500  feet  above 
sea-level.  Any  feeling  of  nervousness,  however,  is  superseded  by  a  sense 
of  the  grandeur  of  the  view.  If  an  occasional  glance  is  given  at  the  steep 
declivity,  and  a  thought  occurs  as  to  what  would  be  the  consequence  of 
a  mishap,  the  attention  is  immediately  diverted  to  some  new  magnificence 
in  the  wildly  beautiful  panorama,  the  sight  of  which  alone  would  almost 
compensate  for  so  long  a  journey. 

On  the  return  trip,  when  portly  gentlemen  ascend  on  foot  this  very 
steep  zigzag  they  pause  occasionally  to  contemplate  the  beauties  of  nature 
and  estimate  the  advantages  of  pedestrian  exercise.  Perhaps,  also,  when 
they  have  made  the  same  observation  two  or  three  times,  they  begin  to 
think  it  possible  to  carry  pedestrian  exercise  to  excess,  and  that  a  wire 
tramway  would  be  convenient.  Still,  at  a  second  or  third  glance,  they 
get  an  excellent  idea  of  the  course  of  the  limestone  ridge,  and  a  better 
understanding  of  the  operations  of  Nature  in  the  excavation  of  the  caves 
and  the  production  of  the  wonderful  formations  they  contain. 


CHAPTER  III. 


THE  EXTERNAL  FEATURES  OF  THE  CAVES. 

THAT  portion  of  the  limestone  dyke  in  which  the  caves  are  found 
runs  six  miles  north  and  south ;  and  the  Grand  Arch  and  the 
Devil's  Coachhouse — the  two  principal  "  day  caves  " — are  formed  right 
through  the  mountain,  near  the  centre,  in  an  easterly  and  westerly  direc- 
tion. On  the  one  side  M'Ewan's  Creek  flows  towards  the  Devil's  Coach- 
house, and  on  the  other  side  is  a  natural  watercourse  leading  to  the 
Grand  Arch,  which  is  only  a  few  yards  distant  from  it.  Bearing  in 
mind  how  the  watercourses  converge  towards  these  two  central  caves, 
and  with  what  force,  in  times  of  heavy  rain,  the  floods  scour  them,  a  good 
understanding  may  be  obtained  of  the  mechanical  causes  of  the  enormous 
excavations  which-  excite  amazement  as  well  as  admiration.  If  a  visit 
be  paid  in  winter,  when  the  frost  is  sharp  and  the  ground  is  "  hoar  with 
rime ; "  when  every  bough  and  every  blade  of  grass  is  covered  with 
congealed  dew  and  adorned  with  forms  of  crystallisation  which  rival 
the  rarest  beauties  of  the  caves ;  when  rocks  are  split  and  crumbled  by 
sudden  alternations  of  heat  and  cold ;  there  will  be  abundant  illustration 
of  the  effect  of  water  and  light,  and  the  variation  of  temperature  in 
causing  geological  transformation.  Limestone  is  not  soluble  in  water 
without  the  addition  of  carbonic  acid.  An  exploration  of  the  caves,  how- 
ever, shows  that  the  mountains  are  not  composed  entirely  of  limestone, 
but  that  other  substances  constitute  part  of  their  bulk.  The  principal 
causes  of  the  formation  of  the  "  day  caves,"  the  Grand  Arch  and  the 
Devil's  Coach-house,  are  the  mechanical  action  of  water  and  the  variation 
of  temperature.  As  regards  the  interior  caves,  where  night  reigns 
supreme,  chemical  combination  has  played  a  more  important  part.  But 


THE     GRAND     ARCH  — L.OOKI  NG     EAST. 


THE    GRAND    ARCH.  25 

the  effect  of  water  power  is  everywhere  observable  in  graceful  contours, 
caused  by  continuous  motion,  or  in  stony  efflorescence,  produced  by  inter- 
mittent humidity  or  dryness  of  the  atmosphere.  The  action  of  the  former 
is  the  more  marked  and  striking1,  the  latter  more  elaborate,  and  micro- 
scopically beautiful.  The  hygrometric  condition  of  the  caves  is  recorded 
in  lovely  forms,  which  lend  enchantment  to  ornate  bowers,  sparkling 
grottoes,  and  fairy  cities. 

THE   GRAND   ARCH. 

The  Grand  Arch  runs  east  and  west,  and  is  about  150  yards  in 
length,  60  feet  high,  and  70  feet  wide  at  its  western  end.  The  eastern 
end  is  80  feet  high,  and  about  200  feet  wide.  Its  proportions  and 
outline  are  gloomily  impressive,  and  rather  awe-inspiring.  It  is  like  the 
portico  to  some  great  castle  of  Giant  Despair.  The  eastern  end  is  a 
marvel  of  natural  architecture,  and  the  wonder  is  how  so  spacious  a 
roof  can  remain  intact  under  a  weight  so  enormous.  The  rugged 
walls  are  varied  by  many  peculiar  rocky  formations.  On  the  northern 
side  is  "the  Lion,"  shaped  in  stone  so  as  to  form  a  fair  representation 
of  the  monarch  of  the  forest.  "  The  Pulpit "  and  "  the  Organ  Loft " 
are  suggestive  of  portions  of  some  grand  old  cathedral.  Adjacent 
is  "  the  Bacon  Cave,"  where  the  formations  represent  "  sides,"  like 
so  many  flitches  in  the  shop  of  a  dry  salter.  The  roof  is  hung  with 
enormous  honeycombed  masses  of  limestone,  whose  sombre  shades 
deepen  to  blackness  in  numerous  fissures  and  crannies  and  cavernous 
spaces.  As  seen  from  the  floor  the  roof  appears  to  be  covered  with 
rich  bold  tracery,  engraved  by  Herculean  hands.  Near  the  basement 
are  huge  rocky  projections,  with  deep  recesses,  which  for  ages  have 
been  the  retreat  of  rock  wallabies.  Near  the  eastern  entrance,  lying 
on  the  ground,  is  a  gigantic  block  of  limestone,  weighing  from  1,500 
to  2,000  tons,  and  which  at  some  remote  period  fell,  and  tilted  half 

B  2 


26  THE  JENOLAN    CAVES. 

over.  This  is  evident  from  the  stalactite  formation  which  remains  on  it. 
Ascending-  the  precipitous  masses  on  the  south-eastern  side  of  the 
eastern  entrance  over  rocks  which  are,  on  the  upper  surface,  as  smooth 
as  glazed  earthenware,  a  position  is  attained  from  which  the  magnitude 
of  the  ornaments  of  the  roof  can  be  estimated.  It  is  then  perceived 
that  what,  viewed  from  the  floor  of  the  archway,  seemed  like  natural 
carving  in  moderately  bold  relief,  are  pendant  bodies  of  matter  extend- 
ing downwards  10  to  15  feet,  and  of  enormous  bulk.  Along  the  walls 
of  the  arch  are  caves  running  obliquely  into  the  mountain  10,  15,  and 
20  feet,  and  the  bottom  of  which  is  thick  with  wallaby  "dust."  Out  of 
these  caves  are  passages  which  enable  the  marsupials  to  pass  from  one 
rocky  hall  to  another  until  they  find  a  secure  refuge  in  some  obscure  and 
sunless  sanctuary.  The  wallaby  dust  resembles  mosquito  powder.  Perhaps 
it  would  be  equally  efficacious.  It  is  not  improbable  that  the  floors  of 
these  caves  represent  a  moderate  fortune.  The  explorer  sinks  over  his 
boot  tops  in  the  fine  pulverised  matter,  which,  however,  is  not  odoriferous, 
and  is  void  of  offence  if  a  handkerchief  be  used  as  a  respirator. 
The  presence  of  this  substance,  and  the  oxidisation  of  its  ammonia, 
probably  account  for  the  saltpetre  in  the  crevices  of  adjacent  rocks, 
although  not  absolutely  necessary  to  the  result,  because,  in  the  absence 
of  such  accessories,  it  is  an  admitted  chemical  fact  that  nitrifiablo 
matter  is  not  commonly  absent  from  limestone.  In  the  Mammoth  Cave 
of  Kentucky  saltpetre  manufacture  was  carried  on  to  a  great  extent  by 
lixiviation  from  1812  to  1814,  and  during  the  Civil  War  a  principal  factor 
in  the  manufacture  of  gunpowder  was  obtained  from  the  same  source. 
Up  amongst  the  rocks,  midway  between  the  floor  and  the  roof  of  the 
eastern  entrance  to  the  Grand  Arch,  in  the  midst  of  the  wallaby  drives, 
and  near  to  a  haunt  of  the  lyre  bird,  the  present  curator  of  the 
caves  had  his  sleeping-place  for  20  years.  There  he  strewed  his  bed 
of  rushes  or  of  grasses  and  ferns  and  mosses;  and  certainly  neither 
Philip  Quarll  nor  Robinson  Crusoe  had  ever  a  more  magnificent  dormi- 


CAMP     CREEK. 


THE    GRAND    ARCH.  29 

tory.  Near  to  it  is  a  sepulchral-looking  place,  which,  before  the  Cave 
House  was  erected,  was  reserved  for  strong-minded  lady  visitors,  and 
fenced  off  with  a  tent-pole  and  a  rug.  Farther  on  is  a  series  of 
rocks,  where  bachelors  could  choose  for  pillows  the  softest  stones  in 
the  arch  and  dream  of  angels.  All  these  historic  places  are  pointed 
out  by  way  of  contrast  to  the  state  of  things  now  existing,  and  which, 
perhaps,  in  turn  will  form  as  great  a  contrast  to  the  state  of  things 
20  years  hence. 

From  this  part  of  the  archway  a  much  better  view  of  the  Pulpit,  the 
Lion,  and  the  Organ  Loft  can  be  obtained  than  is  possible  from  the  floor. 
Their  massiveness  is  brought  out  with  great  effect.  The  stalactites  and 
stalagmites  which  form  the  organ  pipes  taper  with  remarkable  grace, 
and  are  set  off  by  the  shadows  in  the  recesses  which  vary  from  twilight 
grey  to  the  darkness  of  Erebus.  Over  all  are  ponderous  masses  of  blue 
limestone,  with  immense  convexities  filled  with  perpetual  gloom.  The 
rocks  leading  to  the  caves,  the  upper  part  of  which  is  smooth  as 
glass,  owe  their  polish  to  their  long  use  by  wallabies  as  a  track  to  and 
from  their  favourite  haunts.  Here  and  there  may  be  detected  in  the 
"  dust "  on  the  floor  the  footprint  of  the  native  pheasant.  There  may 
also  be  seen  and  felt  boulders  and  rugged  rocks  lying  about  in  strange 
disorder. 

Leaving  the  Grand  Archway  by  the  eastern  end,  the  excursionist 
descends,  through  a  rocky  defile  interlaced  with  foliage,  into  a  dry,  stony 
creek,  about  which  are  growing  some  very  rare  ferns,  as  well  as  some 
which  are  common,  but  nevertheless  beautiful,  and  also  some  handsome 
native  creeping  plants.  From  this  point  may  be  seen  the  pinnacle 
which  rises  over  the  archway  to  an  altitude  of  about  500  feet.  About 
50  yards  down  this  dry  creek,  and  about  20  yards  below  the  junction  of 
the  roads  from  the  Grand  Archway  to  the  Devil's  Coach-house,  is  "  The 
Rising  of  the  Water."  Here  among  the  rocks  in  the  bed  of  the 
creek  the  water  bursts  out  of  the  ground  like  a  sparkling  fountain  of 


30  THE  JENOLAN   CAVES. 

considerable  volume,  and  "  gleams  and  glides "  atong  a  romantic  dell 
"with  many  a  silvery  waterbreak."  And  if  it  does  not  "steal  by  lawns 
and  grassy  plots,"  or  yet  by  "  hazel  covers,"  or  "  move  the  sweet  forget- 
me-nots  that  grow  for  happy  lovers,"  it  does  here  and  there  "  loiter  round 
its  cresses."  Its  banks  are  so  steep  that  its  course  cannot  be  easily 
followed  for  any  great  distance,  but,  without  much  difficulty,  it  may  be 
traced  until  it  flows  over  a  rocky  ledge  into  a  deep  pool,  where  there  is 
a  wire  ladder  for  the  convenience  of  bathers.  Thence  it  chatters  on  to 
the  River  Cox,  whence  it  enters  the  Warragamba,  which  joins  the  Nepean 
a  few  miles  above  Penrith,  and  about  50  miles  below  the  Pheasant's  Nest. 
It  does  not,  therefore,  enter  into  the  Sydney  water  supply,  but  passes 
through  the  Hawkesbury  to  the  ocean. 


V'$fSH 


THE     DEVIL'S     COACH-HOUSE. 


(     33     ) 


CHAPTER    IV. 


THE  DEVIL'S   COACH-HOUSE. 

THE  road  from  the  Grand  Arch  to  the  Devil's  Coach-house  is  devious 
and  uneven,  with  occasional  fissures  in  the  ground  indicating 
the  entrance  to  new  subterranean  marvels.  To  the  right  is  the  mouth 
of  a  cave  yet  unnamed  and  unexplored.  A  little  farther  on,  high  up  in 
the  rocky  wall  which  connects  the  two  converging  mountains  of  lime- 
stone, is  the  Carlotta  Arch,  which  resembles  a  Gothic  window  in  the 
grand  ruins  of  some  venerable  monastic  pile,  fretted  and  scarred  by 
centuries  of  decay.  Almost  immediately  after  passing  the  line  of  the 
Carlotta  Arch,  the  visitor  arrives  at  the  Devil's  Coach-house,  which  runs 
nearly  north  and  south.  It  is  an  immense  cave,  whose  proportions  are 
better  gauged  than  those  of  the  Grand  Arch,  because  the  light  flows  in, 
not  only  from  the  ends,  but  also  from  the  roof.  At  a  height  of  some 
200  feet,  it  has  a  large  orifice  in  the  dome,  fringed  with  stately  trees, 
the  fore-shortening  of  which  from  their  base  upwards  is  very  peculiar 
as  seen  from  the  bottom  of  the  cave.  On  the  floor  are  strewn  about 
rocks  of  black  and  grey  marble,  smoothed  and  rounded  by  attrition,  and 
weighing  from  a  few  pounds  to  many  hundredweight.  In  flood-time 
the  storm-waters  dash  these  rocks  against  each  other  with  tremendous 
force,  and  the  roaring  of  the  torrent  resounds  like  thunder  through  the 
cave.  In  such  wild  seasons  blocks  of  stone  a  ton  weight  or  more  are 
moved  a  considerable  distance.  The  walls  are  partly  composed  of  black 
marble  with  white  veins,  and  some  of  the  boulders  on  the  floor  contain 
marks  of  fossil  shells. 

The  most  magnificent  view  of  the  Devil's  Coach-house  is  from  the 
interior  of  the  cave  near  the  northern  entrance,  from  which  the  rise  of 
the  arch  appears  to  be  upwards  of  200  feet.  Its  roof  is  fringed  with 


34  THE  JENOLAN   CAVES. 

stalactites,  and  the  outlook  is  into  a  wildly  romantic  gully.  Stalactites 
are  suspended  from  the  sides  of  the  entrance,  and  in  several  places 
there  are  stalagmites  covered  with  projections  like  petrified  sponge, 
while  near  to  them  are  formations  resembling  masses  of  shells  commonly 
found  on  rocks  by  the  seaside.  Some  of  these  combinations  might  be 
examined  for  hours,  and  yet  leave  new  and  interesting  features  to  be 
discovered.  Small  pellucid  drops  glisten  at  the  ends  of  the  stalactites, 
illustrating  the  process  of  their  formation.  The  large  stalactites  on 
the  roof  and  small  stalagmites  on  ledges  near  the  floor  of  the  cave, 
and  vice  versd,  afford  a  practical  illustration  of  the  theory  that  where 
water  flows  most  freely  the  stalagmites  are  largest,  and  where  it  flows 
most  reluctantly  the  stalactite  formation  is  the  most  magnificent. 

From  an  inspection  of  these  two  kinds  of  cave  ornamentation  it  is 
seen  that,  whereas  the  former  are  porous  and  free  from  central  tubes, 
sometimes  running  in  a  straight  line  and  sometimes  obliquely,  the  latter 
are  solid,  being  formed  by  lamination  and  not  by  accretions  of  matter 
conveyed  through  small  interior  ducts  to  external  points.  This  cave 
may  appropriately  be  called  the  Marble  Hall.  Portions  of  the  walls  are 
graced  with  a  "  formation  "  from  the  limestone  rocks  above,  the  stucco 
having  flowed  in  shapes  both  grotesque  and  arabesque.  Some  of  the 
interstices  are  filled  with  stalactites  and  stalagmites  of  various  colours 
and  proportions.  Many  stalactites  on  the  roof  of  the  mouth  of  the  cave 
are  said  to  be  from  12  to  15  feet  long.  All  around  are  entrances  to 
numerous  interior  spaces  adorned  with  stalactites  of  the  most  delicate 
hues.  Some  are  tinged  with  various  gradations  of  blue;  others  are  of 
salmon  colour,  and  delicate  fawn.  Others  again  are  sober  grey,  and 
white  shaded  with  neutral  tint.  The  rocks  are  decorated  with  little 
patches  of  moss,  from  rich  old  gold  to  living  green.  The  harmony  of 
colour  is  marvellous,  and  the  combined  effect  unique.  Nature  herself 
has  so  painted  and  ornamented  the  cave  as  to  give  a  lesson  to  professors 
of  decorative  art.  The  vision  of  rocky  beauty  grows  upon  the  imagi- 


THE     NORTHERN     ENTRANCE     TO     THE     DEVIL'S     COACH-HOUSE. 


THE   DEVILS    COACH-HOUSE.  37 

nation  of  the  observer  until  at  last  it  seems  like  a  new  revelation  of  the 
enchanting  effects  which  can  be  produced  by  natural  combination. 

To  the  artist  this  cave  presents  attractions  of  a  kind  not  to  be 
found  in  any  other  of  the  wonderful  caves  of  Jenolan,  although  com- 
monly it  receives  small  attention  from  visitors,  who  recognise  its  grand 
proportions,  but  are  impatient  to  witness  the  more  elaborate  and  brilliant 
features  in  the  hidden  recesses  of  the  mountain. 

Why  this  spacious  cavern  should  be  called  the  Devil's  Coach-house 
(except  on  the  lucus  a  non  lucendo  principle)  few  would  divine.  The 
name  of  his  Satanic  majesty  is  often  associated  with  horses  and  horse- 
racing,  but  not  generally  with  coaches  and  coach-houses.  In  this  con- 
nection, however,  it  is  necessary  to  observe  class  distinctions.  The 
cavern  is  not  sufficiently  monstrous  to  be  used  by  Milton's  personification 
of  the  rebellious  archangel,  nor  sufficiently  hideous  for  Burns's  "  Auld 
Clootie,"  with  hoofs  and  horns.  Coleridge's  devil  or  Southey's  devil 
(as  illustrated  in  "  The  Devil's  Thoughts  "  of  the  one,  and  "  The  Devil's 
Walk "  of  the  other)  was  neither  too  grand  nor  too  ignoble  to  notice 
coach-houses.  But  then,  he  was  a  sarcastic  fiend,  for  when  he  "  saw 
an  Apothecary  on  a  white  horse  ride  by  on  his  vocations,"  he  "  thought 
of  his  old  friend  Death  in  the  Revelations  " — which  was  rather  severe 
on  the  pharmacist.  But  leaving  the  man  of  drugs — 

"  He  saw  a  cottage  with  a  double  coach-house, 

A  cottage  of  gentility  ; 
And  the  Devil  did  grin,  for  his  darling  sin 
Is  pride  that  apes  humility." 

The  cottage  at  the  caves  is  not  particularly  "  genteel "  in  appearance. 
The  coach-house  is  large  enough  to  hold  almost  as  many  horses  as  were 
kept  by  Solomon,  and  as  many  chariots  as  were  possessed  by  Pharaoh, 
and  at  one  end  it  is  "  double ;  "  but  there  was  no  thought  of  Pharaoh, 
or  Solomon,  or  Coleridge,  or  Southey  when  it  was  named. 

It  was  not  because  this  huge   place  was   considered  big  enough  to 
be  the  Devil's  Coach-house  that  it  was  called  after  the  Devil,  nor  because 


38  THE  JENOLAN   CAVES. 

it  was  thought  to  be  a  suitable  place  for  Satan  to  "  coach  "  his  disciples 
in;  nor  had  the  person  who  named  it  any  intention  of  paying-  a  compli- 
ment to  poetic  genius.  It  was  called  the  Devil's  Coach-house  for  reasons 
similar  to  those  which  created  the  nomenclature  of  the  numerous  Devil's 
Pinches  and  Devil's  Peaks,  Devil's  Mills  and  Devil's  Punchbowls,  in 
various  parts  of  the  world.  Captain  Cook  more  than  a  century  ago 
gave  the  name  of  the  Devil's  Basin  to  a  harbour  in  Christmas  Sound, 
on  the  south  side  of  Tierra  del  Fuego,  because  of  its  gloomy  appear- 
ance— it  being  surrounded  by  "savage  rocks,"  which  deprive  it  of  the 
rays  of  the  sun.  For  similar  reasons,  perhaps,  the  name  of  the  Devil's 
Coach-house  was  given  to  this  interesting  portion  of  the  Jenolan  Caves, 
which  are  surrounded  by  mountains  and  "savage  rocks,"  and  from 
which  the  rays  of  the  sun  are  excluded,  except  during  a  few  hours 
per  day.  In  winter  the  sunshine  does  not  glint  on  to  the  roof  of  the 
cave  house  till  about  10,  and  at  about  2  in  the  afternoon  the  valley  is 
wrapped  in  shade. 

It  is  45  or  46  years  since  James  Whalan  came  suddenly  upon 
the  mouth  of  this  cave,  and  it  so  impressed  him  with  its  rugged 
grandeur  and  weirdness  that  when  he  returned  home  he  reported  that 
he  had  been  to  the  end  of  the  world,  and  had  got  into  the  Devil's 
Coach-house.  So  by  that  term  it  is  still  called,  although  it  has  been 
since  named  the  Easter  Cave,  because  of  a  visit  by  some  distinguished 
member  of  the  Government  service  during  Easter,  which  in  New  South 
Wales  is  now  as  favourite  a  holiday  time  as  it  was  when  kept  as  a 
festival  in  honour  of  the  Goddess  of  Light  and  Spring.  For  a  short 
period  in  the  afternoon  one  end  of  the  cave  is  flooded  with  the  warm 
beams  of  the  sun.  Then  it  is  at  its  best,  and,  as  the  enamoured  hand 
of  fancy  gleans  "  the  treasured  pictures  of  a  thousand  scenes,"  so,  after 
the  bright  rays  have  disappeared,  and  the  cave  is  seen  in  the  shade  or 
by  "the  pale  moonlight,"  its  beauties  change  from  hour  to  hour,  like 
shadows  on  the  mountains  or  the  cloud  glories  of  an  autumn  sunset. 


(     39     ) 


CHAPTER    V. 


THE    NIGHT    CAVES. 

THE  "  day  "  caves  of  Jenolan,  although  grandly  picturesque,  are  but 
slightly  typical  of  the  interior  caverns.  As  the  few  bars  of  harmony 
dashed  off  by  way  of  prelude  to  an  intricate  musical  composition  prepare 
the  ear  for  the  movement  which  is  to  follow,  so  an  inspection  of  the 
external  caves  trains  the  faculty  of  observation  for  the  ready  appreciation 
of  the  more  elaborately  beautiful  objects  in  the  dark  recesses  of  the 
enchanted  mountain.  The  contrast  between  the  two  is  as  marked  as 
the  difference  between  the  costly  pearls  of  a  regal  diadem  and  the  rough 
exterior  of  the  shells  which  first  concealed  them. 

To  explore  the  "  night "  caves  it  is  necessary  to  be  furnished  with 
artificial  light,  and  each  excursionist  is  provided  with  a  candle  fitted  into 
a  holder,  the  handle  of  which  is  like  the  barrel  of  a  carriage  lamp,  and 
immediately  underneath  the  flame  is,  a  saucer-shaped  guard  with  the  edge 
turned  inwards,  so  as  to  catch  the  drips  from  the  sperm.  By  means  of 
this  arrangement  the  lights  may  be  presented  at  almost  any  angle 
without  doing  injury  to  the  caves,  except  in  regard  to  the  smoke,  which 
although  slight,  is  nevertheless  in  degree  perilous  to  the  wondrous 
purity  of  the  formations.  The  principal  features  of  the  "night"  caves  are 
illuminated  by  the  magnesium  light,  which  is  rich  in  chemical  rays  and 
burns  with  great  brilliancy.  There  should  not  be  allowed  in  the  caves 
any  colorific  or  other  light  which  would  cause  smoke  by  imperfect  com- 
bustion, or  emit  volatile  substances  likely  to  change  the  interior  hues. 
If  their  pristine  beauty — or  as  much  of  it  as  remains — is  to  be  preserved, 
the  caves  ought  to  be  illuminated  by  electricity,  which  will  neither  affect 
the  temperature  nor  soil  the  most  delicate  of  Nature's  handiwork.  The 


40  THE  JENOLAN    CAVES. 

smoke  of  candles  in  a  quiescent  atmosphere  like  that  of  the  caves,  cannot 
fail,  in  process  of  time,  to  have  a  deleterious  effect.  Years  ago,  in  the 
Wingecarribee  country,  there  were  some  fairy  gullies.  The  sides  were 
flanked  with  sassafras  columns,  the  roofs  were  covered  with  branches 
interlaced  by  creepers  that  excluded  the  sunbeams,  and  on  the  banks  of 
the  creeks  which  trickled  through  the  centre  were  tree-ferns  of  marvellous 
beauty.  Their  perfect  fronds  were  lovely — their  growth  prodigious ;  but 
that  in  which  their  charm  chiefly  lay  was  their  unexampled  delicacy  of 
colour.  When  the  natural  shade  was  removed,  and  they  were  subject 
to  wind,  and  rain,  and  dust,  they  became  commonplace.  They  grew  like 
other  tree-ferns,  and  were  ranked  with  ordinary  things.  So  with  the 
caves.  Their  wondrous  beauty  and  attractiveness  are  found  in  their 
freedom  from  defilement.  In  their  illumination  there  should  be  neither 
smoke  nor  heat,  and  it  is  a  question  whether  within  their  precincts  incense 
ought  to  be  burned,  even  to  King  Nicotine. 


THE     NETTLE     CAVE. 


(     43     ) 


CHAPTER    VI. 


THE    NETTLE    CAVE. 

THE  Nettle  Cave  is  for  the  most  part  a  place  of  twilight.  If  visitors 
are  incautious  in  approaching1  it  they  will  soon  come  to  the  con- 
clusion that  it  has  been  properly  named,  for  all  around  are  fine  clumps 
of  herbaceous  weeds  with  sharp  tubular  hairs  upon  vesicles  filled  with 
irritating  fluid.  The  sting  of  a  nettle  and  the  sting  of  an  adder  resemble 
each  other,  but  are  yet  dissimilar.  The  adder  strikes  his  tubular  fang 
into  his  prey,  but  the  nettle  victim  impinges  upon  the  tubular  hair  which 
communicates  with  the  acrid  vesicle. 

The  Nettle  Cave  is  reached  by  climbing  170  feet  to  the  left  of  The 
Grand  Arch,  and  if  in  the  ascent  the  visitor  be  invited  to  smell  a  plant 
with  alternate  leaves  and  racemes  of  not  very  conspicuous  flowers,  it 
would  be  well  for  him  to  decline  with  thanks.  There  are  some  rough 
cut  steps  leading  to  this  cave,  and  on  one  side  is  a  galvanised  wire  rope 
supported  by  iron  stanchions  let  into  the  rocks,  which  makes  the  ascent 
tolerably  safe.  The  road  runs  between  two  bluff  rocks,  which  for  a  con- 
siderable distance  rise  almost  perpendicularly,  and  then  curve  so  as  to 
form  a  segment  of  a  circle  some  150  feet  overhead.  The  cave  is  barred 
from  wall  to  wall  by  a  light  iron  gate  sufficient  to  prevent  improper 
intrusion,  not  ponderous  enough  for  a  penal  establishment,  but  sufficiently 
pronounced  to  suggest  Richard  Lovelace's  lines — 

"  Stone  walls  do  not  a  prison  make, 

Nor  iron  bars  a  cage  ; 
Minds  innocent  and  quiet  take 
That  for  an  hermitage." 

Descending  some  of  the  rough  stones  and  winding  along  a  footpath, 
the  tourist  descends  into  a  chamber  below  a  magnificent  series  of  rocks 
covered  with  beautiful  "  formation  "  from  the  dripping  roofs  above.  This 


44  THE  JENOLAN    CA  VES. 

is  called  "  The  Willows,"  because  of  the  resemblance  it  bears  to  the 
graceful  and  beautiful  appearance  of  the  Salix  babylonica,  on  which  in 
the  olden  time  captive  Israelites  hung  their  harps  and  "wept  when  they 
remembered  Zion."  The  entrance  to  this  cave  is  circuitous.  First  there 
are  some  rocky  steps  to  be  climbed,  and  then  the  road  winds  through 
avenues  of  "  willow  "  formation  up  to  the  summit.  From  this  point  about 
60  or  70  feet  down  is  a  funnel-shaped  declivity  resembling  the  mouth 
of  an  extinct  volcano.  In  some  respects  it  is  like  the  "  Blow  Hole  "  at 
Kiama  (a  natural  fountain,  inland,  fed  by  ocean  waves  which  force  their 
way  through  a  water-worn  tunnel).  Undoubtedly  that  also  is  one  of  the 
wonders  of  the  world,  but  some  time  since  it  was  utilised  by  the  local 
corporation  as  a  receptacle  for  dead  horses  and  defunct  cattle  !  From 
this  declivity  in  the  Nettle  Cave  the  visitor  naturally  shrinks,  being  dubious 
as  to  where  his  remains  would  be  found  if  he  were  to  make  an  uncertain 
step.  In  his  timorous  progress,  however,  his  attention  is  soon  arrested 
by  some  splendid  stalagmites  to  the  left  of  the  hellish-looking  vacuity. 
One  of  the  most  noble  is  about  four  feet  in  diameter  at  the  base,  and  from 
12  to  14  feet  high,  covered  with  curiously-shaped  ornamentation,  and 
having  minute  stalactites  projecting  from  the  sides.  All  about  it  are 
nodules  of  delicate  fretwork,  as  lovely  as  the  coral  of  the  ancient  sea 
out  of  which  this  mountain  was  made  millions  of  years  ago.  On  the  apex 
is  a  gracefully-tapered  cone ;  and  hard  by  is  a  small  stalagmite  covered 
with  prickles  as  sharply  defined  as  those  of  the  echinus.  All  around  are 
limestone  pictures  of  surpassing  loveliness.  There  is  not  much  variety 
of  colour,  but  the  formation  is  infinite  in  its  variety.  It  is  intended  to 
have  the  hideous  and  perilous-looking  volcanic  funnel  previously  mentioned 
guarded  by  wirework,  which  is  necessary  to  ensure  the  complete  safety 
of  sightseers.  If  an  unfortunate  wight  were  to  trip,  he  might  fall  a 
distance  of  about  70  feet,  and  be  shot  without  ceremony  into  the  Devil's 
Coach-house.  One  remarkable  stalagmite  in  the  vicinity  of  this  infernal 
shaft  is  shaped  like  a  hat,  and  another  is  like  a  gigantic  mushroom.  The 


THE   NETTLE    CAVE.  45 

floor  of  the  cave  is  thin,  and  when  stamped  upon  vibrates  in  imitation 
of  an  earthquake  wave.  Stalactites  in  rich  profusion  depend  from  the 
roof,  and  here  and  there  are  clumps  of  bats,  clinging  together  like  little 
swarms  of  bees.  The  stalactites  are  tipped  with  drops  of  lime-water 
clear  as  crystal  at  the  lowest  point,  and  becoming  gradually  opaque. 
It  is  also  noticeable  that  while  the  drops  at  the  ends  of  the  stalactites 
appear  to  be  perfectly  still  globular  bodies,  their  molecules  seem  to  be 
in  perpetual  motion.  The  opaque  part  of  the  drops  thickens  until  it 
resembles  sperm,  and  then  the  gradation  is  almost  imperceptible  until 
it  unites  with  the  solid  formation.  All  around  are  curiously-shaped 
drives,  one  of  which  has  been  explored  until  it  communicates  with  the 
Imperial  Cave.  It  is  not  an  inviting  entry,  for  it  is  low  and  narrow,  and 
has  sharp  stalactites  on  the  roof.  The  floor  is  covered  with  very  fine 
dust,  about  the  eighth  of  an  inch  thick,  which,  however,  seems  not  to 
rise,  and  when  struck  with  a  hammer  the  sound  is  like  a  blow  struck 
upon  a  carpet,  and  the  dull  thud  reverberates  in  the  caverns  below. 

From  the  end  of  the  cave,  looking  towards  the  mouth,  the  appearance 
is  particularly  wild.  The  stalagmites  in  front  resemble  prisoners  in 
some  castle  keep,  and  the  part  of  the  cave  farther  on,  upon  which  the 
light  falls,  near  to  the  barred  entrance,  makes  the  interior  shade  seem 
more  gloomy.  There  is  one  remarkable  pillar  about  10  feet  in  diameter 
from  the  floor  to  the  roof  of  the  cave ;  and  seeing  that  it  is  about  30  feet 
in  height,  and  has  been  made  by  the  constant  dripping  of  lime-water, 
visitors  may  speculate  as  to  its  age,  and  statisticians  may  estimate  the 
number  of  drips  required  for  its  creation.  Along  the  sides  of  the  cave 
are  beautiful  pillars.  Some  are  like  trunks  of  trees,  gnarled  and  knotted, 
and  some  like  elaborately-carved  columns.  There  are  grottoes  and 
alcoves,  and  terraces  formed  by  runs  of  water;  Gothic  arches  and 
Etruscan  columns,  carvings  of  most  cunning  elaboration,  and  stalactites 
more  noticeable  for  their  massiveness  than  for  their  grace.  There 
are  narrow  chasms  descending  into  blackness,  through  which  future 


46  THE  JENOLAN    CAVES. 

discoveries  may  be  made.  On  the  water-formed  terraces  are  numerous 
stalagmites  resembling  congewoi  and  other  zoophytes.  It  seems  as 
though  Nature  had  fashioned  the  cave  after  a  kaleidoscopic  view  of  the 
most  remarkable  objects  in  marine  and  vegetable  life.  At  the  end 
of  this  section  the  roof  rises,  and  is  pierced  by  an  inverted  pinnacle. 
The  walls  are  composed  of  masses  of  stalactite  formation,  imperfectly 
developed  by  reason  of  pressure.  Near  at  hand  liquid  substances  have 
fallen,  and  petrified  so  rapidly  as  to  resemble  streaks  of  lava  which 
had  suddenly  cooled  and  formed  cords  and  ligaments  like  grand  muscles 
and  tendons. 

The  eastern  end  of  the  cave  runs  into  the  Devil's  Coach-house,  about 
1 20  feet  above  the  coach-house  floor.  The  opening  is  very  beautiful, 
being  ornamented  with  columns  and  pinnacles,  and  the  view  from  this 
point  to  the  interior  of  the  cave  is  unexampled.  Scores  of  breaches  in 
the  roof  and  sides  can  be  seen  leading  to  other  marvellous  places — 
there  being  cave  upon  cave  and  innumerable  changes  of  formation  upon 
the  ground.  In  rocky  basins  the  debris  is  largely  composed  of  minute 
bones.  The  "  remains "  may  be  taken  up  by  handfuls.  The  teeth  of 
bats  and  native  cats — the  vertebrae  of  marsupials  and  snakes — the  wing- 
bones  of  birds,  and  other  fragments  of  the  animal  world  are  mixed 
together  in  a  mammoth  charnel-house,  whose  grandeur  could  hardly  be 
surpassed  by  the  most  costly  and  artistically  designed  mausoleum. 

The  Ball  Room — an  upper  storey  of  the  Nettle  Cave — is  reached 
by  mounting  twenty-nine  steps  cut  into  the  rock.  Near  the  eastern 
entrance  are  two  stalactitic  figures  fashioned  like  vultures  about  to 
engage  in  combat.  All  around  the  little  plateau  of  Terpsichore  are 
huge  stalagmites,  resembling  domes,  crowded  together  and  pressing 
into  one  another.  Some  are  set  off  with  stalactites;  others  are  honey- 
combed. Thence  the  direction  is  still  upwards,  and  the  ascent  is  made 
by  means  of  about  50  wooden  steps,  with  a  guard  rail  on  each 
side.  The  formations  are  striking  and  graceful.  Pointing  upward  is  a 


THE   NETTLE    CAVE.  47 

gauntleted  hand  and  forearm  of  a  warrior  of  the  olden  time.  There 
are  representations  of  bewigged  legal  luminaries  and  bearded  sages 
like  Old  Father  Christmas  or  Santa  Claus.  Some  of  the  columns 
which  support  the  archway  have  tier  upon  tier  of  stalactites,  drooping 
so  as  to  counterfeit  water  flowing  from  a  fountain,  alternating  with 
stalactite  formation  like  boughs  of  weeping  willow.  One  prominent 
stalagmite  is  like  the  back  of  a  newly-shorn  sheep,  with  shear-marks 
in  the  wool.  On  the  western  side  is  a  figure  like  that  of  an  orator  in 
the  act  of  exhortation.  The  forehead  is  bald,  long  white  locks  are 
flowing  on  to  the  shoulders,  one  arm  is  upraised,  and  the  pose  gives  an 
idea  of  earnestness  and  force.  In  front,  just  below  the  bust,  is  a  reading 
desk  of  stone,  the  outer  edge  of  which  is  fringed  with  stalactites.  From 
this  place  are  steps  leading  to  the  arch.  They  are  safe  and  convenient. 
Underneath  them  is  still  to  be  seen  the  wire  ladder  formerly  used  to 
pass  from  the  Nettle  Cave  to  the  Arch  Cave,  and  it  is  easy  to  understand 
the  trepidation  of  nervous  visitors  when  they  were  swaying  about  on 
it  in  mid-air  over  the  dark  abyss  below.  After  resting  for  a  moment  in 
the  midst  of  a  stalagmitic  grotto,  the  visitor  ascends  some  stone  steps 
towards  the  Grand  Arch,  proceeds  through  a  beautiful  cavern  with 
Norman  and  Doric  pillars,  composed  almost  entirely  of  stalagmites,  and 
enters  the  Arch  Caves,  which  were  so  called  because  at  that  time  they 
were  accessible  only  through  the  Carlotta  Arch.  They  are  now,  as 
previously  described,  approached  through  the  Nettle  Cave  by  means 
of  the  wooden  staircase,  which  was  built  about  three  years  a^o. 


48 


CHAPTER    VII. 


THE  ARCH   CAVE. 

THE  Arch  Cave  runs  north-westerly  from  the  line  of  road  to  the 
Carlotta  Arch,  and  has  a  gradual  descent.  It  is  about  a  hundred 
yards  long-,  and  in  some  places  about  half  a  chain  wide.  The  roof  is 
decked  with  beauty ;  the  floor  is  covered  with  dust.  There  is  now  but 
one  complete  column  in  the  centre,  and  that  is  formed  by  a  stalactite 
which  extends  in  a  straight  line  from  the  roof  to  the  floor.  It  is 
surrounded  by  a  number  of  other  magnificent  pendants  of  a  similar 
kind,  more  or  less  ornate,  and  crowded  together  in  rich  profusion. 
Some  of  them  have  grown  until  they  nearly  touch  bold  rocks  which 
jut  out  from  the  walls,  and  the  spaces  between  the  larger  cylindrical 
forms  are  filled  by  stalactites  of  various  lesser  lengths,  some  of  which 
are  figured  so  as  to  represent  festoons  of  flowers.  The  complete  pillar 
tapers  from  the  upper  to  the  lower  end.  For  about  two-thirds  of  the 
way  down  it  is  compounded  of  several  stalactitic  lines ;  the  remainder 
is  a  simple  shaft  with  irregular  surface.  To  the  right  of  it  is  a 
marvellous  piece  of  formation  like  the  head  of  a  lion  with  the  forelegs 
and  the  hoofs  of  a  bull,  posed  so  as  to  resemble  Assyrian  sculpture. 

At  one  time  there  were  in  this  cave  five  pillars  as  perfect  as  the 
one  which  remains,  but  in  1860  they  were  destroyed  by  a  Goth  from 
Bathurst.  There  are  numerous  columns  of  dimensions  not  so  great 
along  the  sides  of  the  cave,  and  at  every  step  appear  fresh  objects  of 
admiration.  Some  of  the  stalactites  are  resonant,  and  so  is  the  floor, 
which,  on  the  thinnest  portion,  responds  imitatively  to  the  tramping 
of  feet.  In  a  passage  on  the  right  hand  side  is  a  stalactite  which  the 


THE     ARCH     CAVE. 


THE   ARCH   CAVE.  51 

cave-keeper  has  carefully  watched  for  18  years,  in  order  to  form  some 
idea  as  to  the  rate  of  stalactitic  growth.  He  has  always  found  a  drop 
of  water  clinging-  to  the  lowest  surface  as  though  it  were  ready  to 
fall,  and  yet  during  the  whole  term  of  18  years  the  actual  addition  to 
the  solid  stalactite  has  been  only  half-an-inch  in  length,  of  a  thickness 
equal  to  that  of  an  ordinary  cedar-covered  lead  pencil.  It  is  evident, 
from  observation  of  other  portions  of  this  cave,  that  some  formations 
have  been  created  in  a  manner  less  slow.  Still,  it  is  probable  there  are 
stalactites  the  growth  of  which  has  been  more  gradual  than  the  one 
subjected  to  special  scrutiny. 

The  entrance  furnishes  an  illustration  of  damage  done  by  careless 
visitors  years  ago,  and  of  the  necessity  for  constant  care  to  preserve  the 
caves  from  destruction.  When  this  cavern  was  first  opened  to  the  public 
the  floor  was  white  as  snow.  It  is  now  black  and  greasy,  as  well  as 
dusty.  The  change  has  been  brought  about  by  the  pattering  of  feet 
encased  in  soiled  boots,  and  by  drips  from  candles  and  torches  used  before 
the  present  lighting  arrangements  were  adopted.  Some  of  the  stalactites 
have  their  lower  portions  damaged  in  a  similar  way.  But,  worse  still,  an 
elaborate  and  very  attractive  specimen,  resembling  cockscomb,  has  been 
damaged  by  fracture,  and  made  incomplete  by  unauthorised  appropria- 
tion. The  porosity  of  some  of  the  rocks  can  here  be  readily  distinguished. 
Their  surface  is  like  that  of  pumice  stone.  In  dry  weather  the  walls 
are  sparkling;  in  wet  seasons  they  are  moist  and  dull.  At  the  far  end 
of  the  cave  the  floor  is  covered  with  little  indurated  lumps  with  carved 
surfaces.  They  are  all  similar  in  shape,  and  vary  in  bulk  from  the  size 
of  quandong  seeds  or  nuts,  of  which  bracelets  are  sometimes  made,  to 
that  of  a  mandarin  orange.  Perhaps  they  were  fabricated  on  the  roof 
and  became  detached.  It  is  hardly  possible  they  could  have  been 
formed  where  they  lie  without  being  joined  together  in  a  solid  mass. 

Here  perfect  silence  reigns.  It  is  so  profound  as  to  be  almost 
painful,  and  the  darkness  is  so  dense  that  when  the  candles  are 

c  2 


52  THE  JENOLAN   CA  VES. 

extinguished  the  visitor  can  pass  a  solid  object  before  his  eyes  without 
the  shadow  of  a  shade  being-  perceptible.  It  is  not  suggestive  of  the 

darkness  which — 

"  Falls  from  the  wings  of  Night 
Like  a  feather  that  is  wafted  downwards 
From  an  eagle  in  its  flight." 

Nor  yet  of  "the  trailing  garments  of  the  Night"  sweeping  "through 
her  marble  halls."  There  is  nothing  to  give  the  idea  of  action.  Solitary 
confinement  for  24  hours  in  such  a  "separate  cell"  would  drive  some 
men  mad.  At  the  end  of  the  cave  is  a  mass  of  stalactites,  through 
which  is  a  passage  leading  to  "The  Belfry,"  where  are  some  large 
stalactites,  three  of  which,  when  struck  with  a  hard  substance,  sound 
like  church  bells.  One  of  them  has  a  deep  tone,  equivalent  to  C  natural. 
The  others  do  not  vibrate  so  as  to  produce  perfect  notes  according  to 
musical  scale,  nor  are  their  sounds  either  rich  or  full. 


THE     CARLOTTA     ARCH. 


(     55    ) 


CHAPTER    VIII. 


THE    CARLOTTA    ARCH. 

ON  returning  to  the  mouth  of  the  Arch  Cave,  the  tourist  proceeds 
towards  the  Carlotta  Arch— so  named  in  honour  of  a  daughter  of 
the  Surveyor-General  of  New  South  Wales,  Mr.  P.  F.  Adams,  who  visited 
the  caves  10  or  12  years  ago,  and  has  always  taken  an  interest  in  their 
exploration  and  preservation.  Ascending  some  stone  steps,  guarded 
by  galvanised  wire,  an  excellent  view  of  the  Ball  Room  to  the  eastward 
is  obtained.  The  steps  make  access  easy.  Previously  the  rocks  were 
slippery,  in  consequence  of  the  polish  given  to  them  by  the  feet  of 
marsupials,  and  the  return  journey  was  accomplished  by  holding  on  to 
a  rope,  and  sliding  down  the  glassy  surface. 

The  entrance  to  the  Carlotta  Arch  is  protected  by  a  wire  railing, 
about  35  feet  by  8  or  10  feet.  Passing  through  the  iron  gate,  the 
visitor  finds  himself  on  a  little  platform.  Hundreds  of  feet  below  is 
a  gully,  rippling  at  the  bottom  of  which  is  a  rill  of  water,  which 
sings  as  it  goes,  and  whose  melody,  softened  by  distance,  is  pleasant 
as  the  hum  of  bees  or  the  carolling  of  birds.  Above  is  a  hoary 
rock,  rugged  and  bare,  with  the  exception  of  some  clumps  of  lilies 
which  flourish  and  bloom  in  its  inaccessible  clefts.  From  this  point 
the  tourist  ascends  the  Nettle  Rocks  for  about  60  or  70  feet.  Some 
steps  are  to  be  cut  here,  and  certainly  they  are  much  needed,  for  at 
present  the  journey  is  very  toilsome  and  difficult.  From  the  end  of 
the  protected  portion  to  the  summit — 70  or  80  feet— the  acclivity  may 
be  comfortably  surmounted  by  ordinarily  active  people.  The  Carlotta 
Arch  is  about  100  feet  high  and  about  70  feet  wide,  with  an  interior 


56  THE  JENOLAN   CAVES. 

fringe  of  stalactites.  The  picture  seen  through  it  is  exceedingly  grand, 
including  majestic  trees  and  romantic  gullies,  huge  mountains  and 
immense  rocks,  with  bold  escarpments.  The  walls  of  the  arch  are 
pierced  like  a  fortress.  Its  entire  superstructure  represents  the  union 
of  two  mountains  by  a  natural  bridge,  clad  with  trees  and  shrubs  and 
creeping  plants  which  trail  gracefully  down  its  sides.  On  the  summit 
are  eucalypti,  and  conspicuous  amongst  them  is  an  iron  guard  for  the 
protection  of  passengers  going  over  the  viaduct.  About  half-way  up 
this  track  from  the  arch  to  the  bridge  (which  is  the  concluding  portion 
of  the  new  road  from  Mount  Victoria),  a  good  view  can  be  obtained 
of  M'Ewan's  Creek,  where  the  water  has  broken  through  the  hills, 
leaving  the  limestone  rocks  and  caves  sometimes  on  the  one  side  and 
sometimes  on  the  other  for  a  distance  of  three  miles  up  the  valley 
running  northerly.  To  the  westward  is  the  Zigzag,  leading  to  the  cave- 
house  by  the  route  from  Tarana,  and  from  which  can  be  obtained  the 
grandest  view  en  route  from  Oberon  to  Jenolan.  Here,  after  having 
spent  an  hour  or  two  in  the  caves,  it  is  pleasant  to  bask  in  the  golden 
sunshine  and  watch  the  gaudy  parrots  flit  by.  From  this  point  to  the 
northward  the  limestone  is  visible  to  its  full  extent  till  it  is  overlapped 
by  higher  mountains.  It  is  about  three  miles  in  length,  by  a  maximum 
of  half  a  mile  in  width.  Immediately  to  the  south  the  limestone  dyke 
is  covered,  but  it  crops  up  again  about  seven  miles  distant,  and  con- 
tinues on  the  surface  for  15  to  20  miles,  in  the  direction  of  Goulburn. 
Near  to  what  is  called  the  Gallery  (the  approach  to  the  bridge  over 
the  arch)  is  an  old  gum  tree,  growing  right  over  the  centre  of 
the  Devil's  Coach-house,  and  500  feet  above  the  gullies,  which  can  be 
seen  by  looking  over  the  precipice.  If  it  were  a  blue  gum  tree, 
"  and  nothing  more,"  it  would  be  as  uninteresting  as  the  "  yellow 
primrose  by  a  river's  brim "  was  to  Peter  Bell.  As  a  specimen  of  its 
kind  this  tree  is  a  failure;  but  it  happens  to  be  in  the  centre  of  the 
cave  reserve,  and  the  "  blaze "  on  it  bears  the  mark,  "  F  69."  From 


THE    CARLOTTA    ARCH.  57 

this  point  the  reserve  extends  two  and  a  half  miles  east  and  west  by 
five  miles  north  and  south,  and  is  certainly  one  of  the  most  wonderful 
areas  dedicated  to  the  public. 

In  the  rocks  near  to  the  Centre  Tree  is  an  orifice  called  "The 
Devil's  Hole."  It  pierces  the  mountain  obliquely,  but  without  much 
deviation  from  a  straight  line,  and  a  stone  thrown  down  it  takes, 
according1  to  its  weight,  from  nine  to  twelve  seconds  to  find  a  resting- 
place  on  the  floor  of  the  Devil's  Coach-house  !  This  is  an  experiment 
which  should  not  be  tried  without  precaution,  and  then  only  under 
official  sanction,  otherwise  some  serious  accident  may  occur.  It  would 
be  well  to  erect  notice-boards  at  this  and  several  adjacent  places, 
warning  persons  not  to  cast  stones  into  the  caverns,  for  the  whole 
mountain  is  full  of  holes  and  caves  and  drives.  A  piece  of  rock  cast 
heedlessly  into  a  crevice  or  perforation  in  one  cave  might  mean  death 
to  a  tourist  in  lower  cavernous  regions,  and  there  is  neither  medical 
man  nor  coroner  within  convenient  distance.  From  the  bridge  (which 
is  guarded  by  wire  ropes)  on  the  western  side,  the  visitor  looks  down 
on  the  Elder  Cave ;  the  Zigzag  is  in  front,  and  below  is  the  sylvan 
valley  from  which  the  "  ermin'd  frost "  has  been  thawed,  and  which 
now  "  laughs  back  the  sun."  To  the  eastward  are  in  view  of  the 
spectator  the  Nettle  and  Arch  Caves  gate,  the  south  entrance  to  the 
Devil's  Coach-house,  and  the  waterfall  to  the  Cave  River.  In  the 
distance  can  be  discerned  a  place  known  as  Oaky  Camp,  or  M'Ewan's 
Camp,  which  is  of  interest  in  connection  with  bushranging  episodes  of 
the  olden  time.  From  the  highest  point  of  the  hill  over  the  Grand 
Archway  the  cave-house  can  be  seen  nestling  in  the  valley  500  feet 
below.  Perched  upon  this  pinnacle,  with  terrible  depths  on  each  side 
and  awe-inspiring  grandeur  at  every  turn,  the  beholder  is  apt  to  realise 
how  very  small  is  the  space  he  fills  in  the  economy  of  Nature,  how 
inadequate  is  language  to  express  deep  emotions  of  the  mind,  and 
how  marvellous  are  the  works  of  the  Creator  ! 


CHAPTER    IX. 


THE    ELDER    CAVE. 

ON  leaving-  the  Carlotta  Arch  and  the  bridge,  the  visitor — mentally 
gratified,    physically    tired,    and    conscious    that    his    perceptive 
faculties  have   been   somewhat  strained — rejoices  that  the  cave-house  is 
conveniently  near,  so  that  he  can  promptly  ensconce  himself  in  an  easy- 
chair  and  meditate  upon  the  charming  scenes  upon  which  his  eyes  have 
feasted.     If  he  be  unusually  robust  he  may  economise  the  return  journey 
by  taking  a  peep  at  the  Elder  Cave,   which  lies  just  off  his  homeward 
course.     It  derives  its  name  from   the  elder  trees  which  grow  about  it 
and  conceal  its  entrance,  which  is  at  the  bottom  of  a  "  ragged "   shaft 
similar  to  that  described  in  the  tragedy  of  "Titus  Andronicus,"  whose 
authorship  is  disputed,  but   which  Samuel    Phelps   and   others   have   no 
doubt  was   written   by   Shakespeare.      It   resembles   the    "  subtle   hole " 
where   Bassianus  lay  imbrued  "  all  of  a  heap  like  a  slaughtered  lamb." 
But  that  was  near  an  alder,  and  not  an  elder,  tree  ;  and,   so  far  as  is 
known,   the  pit  which  leads  to  the  Elder   Cave  has   no    associations    so 
tragic   as   those   which   are    inseparable  from  the  horrible   brutalities  of 
"  Titus   Andronicus."      Its   mouth   is   not   covered   with   "  rude   growing 
briars,"  nor  are  there  upon  the  leaves  "  drips  of  new-shed  blood  as  fresh 
as  morning  dew  distilled  on  flowers."     On  the  contrary,  it  is  a  rather 
cheerful-looking  pit,  filled  up  with  foliage  like  an  arborescent   bouquet 
in  an  enormous  natural  vase.     For  a  long  time  its  cavity  was  completely 
obscured   by   the   leafy  covering,  and   it   was   first   entered   by  climbing 
along  a  branch  level  with  the   surface  of  the  ground,  and  descending 
the  trunk  of  the  tree  to  the  bottom  of  the  well.     There  are  several  elders 


THE   ELDER    CAVE.  9 

in  the  pit,  which,  being1  unusually  moist,  is  favourable  to  their  growth, 
and  they  bear  splendid  cymes  of  cream-coloured  flowers  and  black 
berries  suggestive  of  spiced  home-made  wine. 

The  Elder  Cave  was  found  by  Mr.  Wilson  in  1856,  but  it  has  not 
had  much  attention  bestowed  upon  it,  probably  because  its  beauties  have 
been  eclipsed  by  later  discoveries.  The  first  part  consists  of  some 
rather  large  chambers  connected  by  small  passages,  rough  inside,  and 
difficult  to  explore.  All  are  pretty,  and  one,  named  "The  Chapel," 
contains  stalactites  called  "  shawls,"  on  account  of  their  resemblance  to 
ladies'  vestments  so  designated.  One  of  these  is  about  five  feet  long  by 
six  inches  deep,  and  a  quarter  of  an  inch  thick.  Half  of  it  is  of  glassy 
clearness.  The  floor  is  of  ornate  formation.  The  next  chamber  is 
called  the  "  Coral  Cave."  It  is  difficult  of  access.  The  way  for  about 
100  yards  varies  from  only  two  to  four  feet  from  floor  to  ceiling.  Nearly 
at  the  end  is  a  hole  about  12  feet  in  diameter  and  15  feet  deep,  containing 
fossil  bones.  From  floor  to  roof  the  formation  is  grand.  There  are  a 
few  fine  stalagmites,  but  the  chief  beauty  is  in  the  stalactitic  growth. 
Many  of  the  stalactites  hang  from  the  lowest  shelving  rock  to  the  floor, 
and  form  an  alabaster  palisade.  Immense  bunches  of  snow-white  lime- 
stone droop  from  the  roof,  and  one  unusually  large  conical  mass  tapers 
off  until  it  connects  with  the  apex  of  a  pyramidal  block  on  the  floor.  In 
contrast  with  these  ponderous  specimens  are  numerous  straw-like  glassy 
tubes.  Portions  of  the  floor  are  covered  with  beautiful  coral. 

Near  the  mouth  of  this  Pit  Cave  is  an  aperture  of  special  interest, 
because  it  is  the  entrance  to  the  shaft  at  the  bottom  of  which,  on  the 
1 6th  February  1879,  the  intrepid  curator  discovered  the  Imperial  Cave, 
which  is  one  of  the  most  magnificent  opened  to  the  public.  He  made 
three  separate  attempts  before  he  was  able  to  bottom  this  deep  black 
hole.  On  the  first  occasion  he  was  lowered  into  it  at  the  end  of  a  rope, 
and  when  all  the  line  had  been  paid  out  was  dangling  in  mid-air  at 
the  end  of  his  tether.  When  he  was  let  down  a  second  time  with  a 


60  THE  JENOLAN    CAVES. 

longer  cord  it  was  found  to  be  deficient,  and  the  cave-keeper  was  still 
suspended  in  ebon  space.  The  second  failure  made  him  still  more 
resolute.  He  did  not  believe  that  the  black  hole  into  which  he  had 
descended  was  the  bottomless  pit,  and  so  he  tried  again  to  fathom  its 
inky  depths,  and  at  a  distance  of  90  feet  from  the  surface  alighted 
upon  the  rocky  floor  of  what  is  now  called  the  Imperial  Cave. 

Cave  exploration  is  not  what  would  be  commonly  regarded  as  a 
pleasant  pastime.  It  requires  a  lissom  body,  plenty  of  physical  strength, 
and  a  strong  nerve  to  worm  along  narrow  passages,  without  any  certainty 
of  being  able  to  reach  a  turning-place,  and  with  the  risk  of  being  so 
wedged  in  as  to  make  retreat  impossible.  A  stout  heart  is  necessary 
to  enable  a  man  to  descend  to  unknown  depths  of  blackness  from  mouths 
of  fearsome  pits,  close  proximity  to  which  makes  one's  flesh  creep.  A 
fracture  of  the  rope  or  the  falling  of  a  piece  of  rock  might  give  the 
explorer  his  quietus.  A  somewhat  sensational  illustration  of  this  kind 
of  peril  is  given  in  Griffin's  "  Studies  in  Literature."  The  eldest  son  of 
George  D.  Prentice,  one  of  the  sweet  singers  of  the  New  World,  deter- 
mined to  fathom  the  maelstrom  of  the  Mammoth  Cave  in  Kentucky. 
A  long  rope  of  great  strength  was  procured,  and  with  a  heavy  fragment 
of  rock  attached  to  it,  like  a  stone  at  the  end  of  a  kellick  rope,  it  was 
let  down  and  swung  about  to  clear  the  course  of  loose  stones.  "Then 
the  young  hero  of  the  occasion,  with  several  hats  drawn  over  his  head 
to  protect  it  as  far  as  possible  against  any  masses  falling  from  above, 
and  with  a  light  in  his  hand  and  the  rope  fastened  around  his  body, 
took  his  place  over  the  awful  pit,  and  directed  the  half-dozen  men,  who 
held  the  end  of  the  rope,  to  let  him  down  into  the  Cimmerian  gloom. 
Occasionally  masses  of  earth  and  rock  whizzed  past,  but  none  struck 
him.  On  his  way,  at  a  distance  of  100  feet,  the  spray  caused  by  a 
cataract  which  rushed  from  the  side  down  the  abyss  nearly  extinguished 
his  light.  One  hundred  and  ninety  feet  down  he  stood  on  the  bottom 
of  the  pit.  Returning  to  the  mouth  of  the  cave  the  pull  was  an 


THE   ELDER    CAVE.  61 

exceedingly  severe  one,  and  the  rope,  being  ill-adjusted  around  his 
body,  gave  him  the  most  excruciating  pain.  But  soon  his  pain  was 
forgotten  in  a  new  and  dreadful  peril.  When  he  was  90  feet  from  the 
mouth  of  the  pit  and  100  from  the  bottom,  swaying  and  swinging  in 
mid  air,  he  heard  rapid  and  excited  words  of  horror  and  alarm  above, 
and  soon  learned  that  the  rope  by  which  he  was  upheld  had  taken  fire 
from  the  friction  of  the  timber  over  which  it  passed.  Several  moments 
of  awful  suspense  to  those  above,  and  still  more  awful  to  him  below, 
ensued.  To  them  and  to  him  a  fatal  and  instant  catastrophe  seemed 
inevitable.  But  the  fire  was  extinguished  with  a  bottle  of  water  belonging 
to  himself,  and  then  the  party  above,  though  almost  exhausted  by  their 
labour,  succeeded  in  drawing  him  to  the  top.  He  was  as  calm  and  self- 
possessed  as  upon  his  entrance  into  the  pit ;  but  all  of  his  companions, 
overcome  by  fatigue,  sank  down  upon  the  ground,  and  his  friend,  Pro- 
fessor Wright,  from  over-exertion  and  excitement,  fainted,  and  remained 
for  some  time  insensible.  The  young  adventurer  left  his  name  carved 
in  the  depths  of  the  maelstrom — the  name  of  the  first  and  only  person 
that  ever  gazed  upon  its  mysteries." 

The  keeper  of  the  Jenolan  Caves  has  had  many  experiences  quite  as 
thrilling  as  that  of  the  son  of  George  D.  Prentice,  who,  some  time  after 
his  descent  into  the  maelstrom,  fell  in  the  conflict  between  the  Northern 
and  the  Southern  States  of  the  American  Union.  The  curator  has 
hundreds  of  times  wormed  his  way  in  the  darkness  through  narrow 
drives  and  descended  black  holes  of  unknown  dimensions  by  means  of 
ropes  and  ladders.  He  has  burrowed  about  like  a  rabbit,  squeezing 
through  small  apertures,  occasionally  having  his  clothes  torn  off  him  by 
stalactites,  and  his  knees  wounded  by  miniature  stalagmites,  and  his  sides 
abrased  by  the  sharp  corners  of  projecting  rocks.  When  being  lowered 
by  ropes  he  has  run  the  risk  of  being  brained  by  falling  dlbris.  For- 
tunately, he  has  been  preserved  from  serious  injury,  and  is  still  as  lithe 
as  a  ferret.  Christopher  Columbus  made  wonderful  maritime  discoveries 


62  THE  JENOLAN    CA  VES. 

in  the  Western  hemisphere,  and  Captain  Cook  distinguished  himself  in 
the  Southern  seas,  but  neither  the  bold  Genoese  nor  the  stout-hearted 
Yorkshireman  who  thrice  circumnavigated  the  globe  could  have  thrown 
more  earnestness  into  his  work  than  has  been  displayed  by  the  sub- 
terranean explorer  at  Jenolan,  of  whom  it  may  be  said,  without  prejudice 
to  his  good  name,  that  he  has  done  more  underground  engineering  than 
any  "  road-and-bridge  "  member  of  the  Legislative  Assembly,  performed 
more  turning  and  twisting  than  the  most  slippery  Minister  of  the  Crown 
who  has  ever  held  a  portfolio  in  New  South  Wales,  and  found  secluded 
chambers  enough  to  permit  every  political  or  social  Adullamite — "every 
one  that  is  in  distress,  and  every  one  that  is  in  debt,  and  every  one  that  is 
discontented" — to  have  a  little  cave  of  his  own.  As  the  visitor  has  to  be 
guided  by  the  curator  through  labyrinthine  passages  as  intricate  as  the 
most  puzzling  mazes  of  Crete  or  Egypt,  in  order  to  see  fairy  grottoes, 
crystal  cities,  jewel  caskets,  coral  caves,  and  mystic  chambers  which  he 
has  discovered,  it  may  be  here  recorded  that  Mr.  Jeremiah  Wilson  was 
born  in  Ireland,  near  Enniskillen,  that  he  was  three  years  old  when  he 
came  to  New  South  Wales,  43  years  ago,  and  that  his  family  have  lived 
continuously  near  Oberon.  His  first  visit  to  Jenolan  was  with  a  party 
of  excursionists.  He  has  ever  since  taken  a  romantic  interest  in  the 
caves,  and  from  the  time  of  his  appointment  as  cave-keeper  in  1867 
until  now  his  enthusiasm  for  exploratory  work  appears  to  have  never 
flagged. 


CHAPTER    X. 


THE    LUCAS    CAVE. 

THE  Lucas  Cave  presents,  in  grand  combination,  almost  every  type 
of  subterranean  beauty  to  be  found  in  the  natural  limestone  caves 
of  Jenolan.  It  rivals  the  Imperial  Cave,  which,  however,  is  commonly 
regarded  as  the  more  attractive,  and  displays  a  more  dazzling  magni- 
ficence than  that  which  characterises  either  the  Arch  or  the  Elder  Cave. 
The  approach  to  the  Lucas  Cave  is  by  a  zigzag  path  from  the  valley, 
leaving  the  high  Pinnacle  Rock  to  the  left  hand.  The  route  is  not  diffi- 
cult to  agile  people,  but  the  road  would  be  greatly  improved  by  the 
cutting  of  suitable  steps.  On  gaining  the  top  of  the  ridge  the  waterfall  is 
in  front.  To  the  left  are  rocks  rising  like  a  vast  citadel  to  a  height  of 
900  feet,  at  the  summit  of  which  are  immense  cliffs  with  deep  gorges 
between  them.  The  distance  is  too  great  to  enable  the  visitor  to  discern 
their  geological  composition.  Some  of  them  seem  as  though  they  had 
been  shaped  by  human  hands  in  the  time  of  the  Pharaohs.  They  remind 
one  of  the  enormous  stones  in  the  Great  Pyramid  of  Egypt,  or  the 
massive  blocks  in  the  Temple  of  the  Sun  at  Heliopolis,  and  the  lime- 
stone ridges  suggest  the  mighty  Nile  which  runs  through  similar  ranges. 
These  elevated  pinnacles  and  chasms  are  favourite  resorts  of  marsupials. 
Wallabies  may  be  seen  leaping  from  rock  to  rock  and  peering  out 
from  the  crevices.  As  they  are  not  molested  they  afford  visitors  ample 
opportunity  to  watch  their  graceful  movements.  The  distance  from  the 
top  of  the  ridge  to  the  mouth  of  the  cave  is  about  100  yards,  with  a 
fall  of  60  feet.  The  descent  in  some  places  is  so  steep  as  to  make 
it  difficult  in  dry  seasons.  In  wet  weather  it  is  dangerous,  the  rocks 
being  covered  with  slippery  clay. 


66  THE  JENOLAN   CAVES. 

The  grand  cavern,  called  the  "  Lucas  Cave,"  was  so  named  in 
recognition  of  valuable  services  rendered  by  the  Hon.  John  Lucas,  M.L.C., 
who,  from  the  8th  December  1864,  until  the  dissolution  of  Parliament 
on  the  1 5th  December  1869,  represented  in  the  Legislative  Assembly 
the  electorate  of  Hartley,  in  which  Jenolan  is  situated.  He  used  his 
influence  to  obtain  the  dedication  of  the  reserve,  and  make  provision 
for  the  care  and  improvement  of  the  caves.  It  was  on  his  recom- 
mendation that  the  present  cave-keeper  was  appointed  to  the  office  of 
curator.  His  foresight  and  activity  are  suitably  commemorated  by  the 
association  of  his  name  with  objects  of  beauty,  the  fame  of  which  is 
now  spread  throughout  the  whole  civilised  world. 

The  opening  to  the  Lucas  Cave  is  very  massive,  and  has  a  rather 
steep  fall  of  about  12  feet  from  the  pathway  to  the  floor  of  the  cavern. 
The  entrance  is  about  30  feet  wide  and  25  feet  high.  The  roof  of  the 
portico  is  ornamented  by  rocks,  which  in  shape  and  colour  appear  to  be 
in  keeping  with  the  gloomy-looking  tunnel  beyond.  The  overhanging 
masses  are  honeycombed  and  convoluted  in  a  remarkable  manner,  and 
thin  off  to  points  like  stalactites.  The  curved,  tapering  forms  are  in 
groups  of  various  dimensions,  drooping  in  folds  like  those  of  loosely- 
fitting  garments.  They  represent  not  "  formation,"  but  the  original 
rock,  out  of  the  crevices  of  which  the  softer  portions  and  earthy  sub- 
stances have  been  extracted  by  the  ordinary  operations  of  Nature.  To 
the  left  of  the  archway  is  a  bulky  convoluted  pillar,  rising  from  the 
surrounding  blocks  and  boulders  to  the  uppermost  part  of  the  portico, 
and  to  the  right  of  the  archway  is  a  fine  piece  of  stalagmite  formation 
about  10  feet  in  height.  In  the  centre,  immediately  behind  it,  is  a  large 
stalactite,  and  near  by  an  extensive  patch  which  looks  like  conglomerate 
of  lime  and  pebbles.  On  the  outer  walls  are  flowering  shrubs  and 
creeping  plants,  including  one  which  bears  a  strong  resemblance  to 
the  climbing  fig  (Ficus  stipulata),  which  clothes  with  pleasant  verdure 
many  any  ugly  wall  in  and  about  Sydney.  The  rock  colouring  is 


THE   LUCAS    CAVE.  67 

especially  fine  and  beautifully  shaded  all  the  way  from  the  broad  day- 
light to  the  beginning  of  the  interior  blackness,  which  is  somewhat 
sharply  defined  by  a  fringe  of  stalactites  like  the  vertical  bars  of  a 
portcullis. 

The  immediate  entrance  to  this  cave  is  begrimed  with  dust.  A  few 
yards  onward  there  is  an  iron  gate.  The  guide  opens  it  and  carefully 
locks  in  his  visitors,  who  light  their  candles  and  proceed  by  a  down- 
ward path.  The  descent  is  about  80  feet,  partly  by  steps  cut  zigzag 
fashion,  and  then  on  a  sloping  floor  covered  with  debris.  There  is  a 
marked  difference  in  the  temperature,  which  is  many  degrees  higher 
than  that  of  the  outward  air,  and  several  degrees  warmer  than  the 
interior  of  the  Arch  and  Nettle  Caves.  Small  flies  surprise  the  excur- 
sionists by  the  suddenness  of  their  appearance,  and  by  the  narrow 
limits  of  their  habitat.  They  live  in  the  zone  between  daylight  and 
darkness.  In  the  region  of  perpetual  night  the  only  signs  of  animated 
nature  are  clusters  of  bats.  The  lighted  candles  serve  to  make  the 
surrounding  darkness  more  pronounced. 

Where  the  rays  of  light  pierce  through  the  night  to  its  rocky 
boundary  indistinct,  irregular  lines  can  be  seen  like  the  ribs  of  a 
skeleton,  and  it  is  easy  to  conjure  up  all  sorts  of  uncanny  shapes,  from 
hobgoblins  to  anthropophagi.  The  only  sounds  audible,  or  apparently 
audible,  are  the  quickened  respiration  and  the  throbbing  of  the  heart. 
When  the  voice  is  raised  its  effect  is  strange,  and  there  is  no  responsive 
echo.  Darkness  and  silence  dwell  together.  After  spending  a  few 
seconds — or  minutes — in  their  company,  the  curator  lights  his  mag- 
nesium lamp,  and  the  visitor  finds  himself  in  the  precincts  of  "  The 
Cathedral,"  in  the  centre  of  which  is  a  large  stalagmite.  The  roof 
rises  to  a  height  of  about  300  feet,  70  feet  loftier  than  Canterbury 
Cathedral  or  Notre  Dame,  and  within  100  feet  of  the  altitude  of  St. 
Paul's !  The  walls  are  composed  of  limestone,  terraced  with  tier  upon 
tier  of  stalagmites  brought  into  bold  relief  by  the  gloom  of  innumerable 


68  THE  JENOLAN   CA  VES. 

fantastically-shaped  recesses.  The  preacher  is  Solitude ;  his  theme  is 
"Awful  Stillness."  Wandering-  through  the  nave  to  the  south,  the 
visitor  walks  over  caves  not  yet  opened,  but  the  existence  of  which  can 
be  proved  by  dropping-  little  pebbles  into  dark  recesses  and  listening-  to 
the  percussion  on  floors  more  or  less  remote.  In  an  aisle  of  the  Cathe- 
dral leading-  to  the  Music  Hall,  there  is  another  grandly-arched  cavern 
with  a  steep  descent  into  an  abysmal  depth.  Here  on  the  one  side 
are  numerous  stalactites,  white  as  virgin  snow,  and  on  the  other  similarly- 
shaped  formations  of  carbonate  of  lime  tinged  with  oxide  of  iron — 
some  of  them  so  deeply  as  to  present  the  colour  of  a  boiled  lobster's 
crust.  This  is  a  favourite  clustering  place  for  bats,  and  numbers  of 
these  membranous-winged  quadrupeds  may  be  seen  snoozing  together 
on  the  roof. 


THE    MUSIC    HALL. 

By  means  of  a  wire  ladder  the  excursionist  descends  still  deeper  into 
the  bowels  of  the  earth.  He  then  goes  farther  down  by  18  or  20  steps, 
cut  in  a  clayey  substance,  to  the  vestibule  of  the  Music  Hall.  Some  of 
the  stalagmites  are  stained  with  clay.  They  have  evidently  been  used 
as  steadying-posts  by  visitors  who  had  previously  placed  their  hands 
on  the  red  earth  when  working  their  way  down  the  declivity  where  the 
steps  are  now  formed.  The  other  stalagmites  away  out  of  reach  are 
white  and  glistening.  The  approach  to  the  Music  Hall,  which  was 
discovered  in  the  summer  of  1860,  is  low.  The  passage  to  it  is  about 
35  yards  long.  The  floor  is  composed  entirely  of  "  formation,"  and  at 
the  sides  are  numerous  columns  of  different  colours.  The  Music  Hall 
itself  is  about  12  feet  in  height,  and  runs  out  at  the  end  to  about 
two  feet.  It  is  called  the  "  Music  Hall "  because  of  its  very  fine  acoustic 
properties.  A  weak  voice  raised  in  song  or  oratory  sounds  full  and 
sonorous.  This  hall  encloses  a  secret  which  architects  of  public  buildings 


THB     SHAWL-     CAVE. 


THE    SHAWL    CAVE.  71 

might  covet,  and  the  wonder  is  how  such  tonic  effects  are  produced  in 
a  chamber  which  presents  so  many  obstructions  to  the  waves  of  sound. 
The  floor  contains  a  series  of  basins,  curiously  shaped  by  the  water 
which  has  been  retained  in  them,  until  it  has  escaped  by  percolation  to 
form  stalactites  and  stalagmites  at  some  lower  level.  The  edges  of 
these  shallow  reservoirs  are  sharply  defined  and  gracefully  moulded. 
The  formation  of  the  walls  is  extremely  delicate.  Some  of  it  is  white 
and  some  like  yellow  coral.  The  roof  has  been  slightly  defaced  by 
certain  nineteenth  century  cads.  In  various  places  the  "  mark  of  the 
beast,"  in  lampblack,  has  been  produced  by  holding  candles  near  to 
the  ceiling  and  moving  them  about  gradually,  and  the  sooty  hiero- 
glyphics remain  unto  this  day  as  an  evidence  of  vanity  and  folly.  The 
floor,  which  was  once  like  alabaster,  is  now  soiled  by  the  tramping  of 
feet.  But,  notwithstanding  these  defects,  the  Music  Hall  is  still  very 
beautiful. 

THE    SHAWL    CAVE. 

Returning  to  the  main  passage,  the  tourist  descends  41  steps, 
and  enters  the  Shawl  Cave,  a  magnificent  chamber,  the  roof  of  which 
slopes  at  an  angle  of  about  43  degrees.  Into  one  side  the  "  formation  " 
of  carbonate  of  lime  has  floated  like  lava  in  volumes,  and  presents  the 
appearance  of  a  suddenly  congealed  cascade.  All  the  adjacent  rocks 
are  covered  with  fine  sheets  of  formation,  white  and  coloured,  and 
hanging  in  graceful  folds.  On  a  far-off  wall  is  more  formation  of  a 
similar  kind,  projecting  from  a  perpendicular  rock,  and  variegated  with 
superb  tracery  and  colouring.  The  "  shawls  "  hang  parallel  to  each  other. 
They  gradually  increase  from  six  inches  to  three  feet  in  depth,  in  a 
lateral  length  of  from  12  to  15  feet,  and  at  a  distance  appear  as  though 
they  had  been  placed  on  the  wall  by  an  artist ;  but  when  the  light  is 
put  behind  them  it  is  seen  that  they  are  independent,  slightly  corrugated, 


72  THE  JENOLAN    CAVES. 

semi-transparent  slabs  of  equal  thickness  and  graduated  widths.  Of 
this  kind  of  formation,  however,  more  magnificent  specimens  are  to 
be  found  in  the  Imperial  Cave.  In  another  part  of  this  cavern  are 
large  detached  blocks  of  formation,  which  sparkle  like  diamonds  all 
over  the  lines  of  fracture.  They  are  in  wild  disorder,  as  though  they 
had  been  hurled  about  in  some  Titanic  conflict.  The  stalactites  here 
are  of  different  character  from  those  found  in  the  other  caves,  being 
composite  and  covered  with  ornamentation  of  various  kinds.  The  lower 
rocks,  too,  are  rippled  and  chequered  like  wicker-work,  and  resemble 
the  formation  of  the  Pink  Terraces  of  Rotomahana,  which  were  destroyed 
by  lava  from  a  volcano  in  1886.  The  roof  is  about  100  feet  high,  and 
the  sides  of  the  cave  are  formed  of  massive  ledges,  over  which  a  limey 
substance  has  flowed  in  large  masses  and  assumed  elegant  shapes 
fringed  with  stalactites.  Near  this  place  is  a  hole  which  goes  down  to 
the  bottom  of  another  cave.  It  has  not  yet  been  fully  explored,  but  it 
has  been  ascertained  that  its  depth  is  about  120  feet,  with  a  clear 
pool  at  the  bottom.  A  stone  thrown  down  it  is  heard  to  strike  two  or 
three  times,  and  finally  splash  in  the  liquid  crystal. 


(     73 


CHAPTER    XL 


THE    EXHIBITION. 

AT  the  western  end  of  the  Shawl  Cave,  and  on  its  southern  wall, 
is  a  remarkable  formation  denominated  "The  Butcher's  Shop." 
Experts  in  the  preparation  of  animal  food  have  discovered  in  this  strong- 
resemblances  to  sides  of  beef,  joints,  and  "  small  goods "  covered  with 
a  reticulum  like  the  netted  membrane  sometimes  thrown  over  meat 
exposed  for  sale.  One  would  hardly  expect  to  find  anything  aesthetic 
about  such  a  display.  As  a  realistic  production,  however,  it  will  bear 
favourable  comparison  with  some  so-called  works  of  art  which  show 
how  much  humour  a  jocular  sculptor  can  cut  into  a  piece  of  cold  stone. 
In  its  bearing  upon  gastronomy,  exception  might  be  taken  to  one  or 
two  of  the  joints,  which  suggest  veal  that  has  been  "  spouted,"  and  an 
excess  of  adipose  matter ;  but  upon  the  whole  the  "  shop "  may  be 
regarded  as  a  not  unpleasing  representation  of  a  chamber  filled  with 
chilled  meat. 

Leaving  the  unromantic  stall  and  ascending  seven  steps  under  a 
roof  about  90  feet  high,  the  cave-walker  ambulates  towards  the  Exhibi- 
tion, which  is  approached  by  12  wooden  steps,  leaving-  to  the  right  a 
beautiful  formation  like  a  frozen  waterfall  of  from  20  to  25  feet.  These 
steps  have  pendant  from  them  fungi  of  the  most  delicate  kind,  some 
resembling  eider-down,  hanging  in  flossy  masses  from  underneath  the 
cross  pieces.  This  fungoid  growth  affords  evidence  of  dampness 
destructive  to  the  timber,  which  ought  to  be  replaced  by  more  durable 
material.  It  is  satisfactory  to  know  that  specifications  have  been 
prepared  and  tenders  forwarded  to  the  Department  for  this  work.  It 
will  be  more  satisfactory  to  learn  that  prompt  action  has  been  taken  in 

D  2 


74  THE  JENOLAN   CAVES. 

regard  to  them,  and  that  they  have  not  been  simply  docketed  and 
smothered  in  some  obscure  pigeon-hole. 

The  road  to  The  Exhibition  is  rather  rough,  there  being  large  masses 
of  angular  rocks  on  either  side,  and  the  pathway  itself  is  somewhat 
rugged.  The  entrance  to  the  Bride's  Cave  is  to  be  seen  down  a  rocky 
declivity  of  about  30  feet.  The  gallery  leading  to  this  chamber  is  only 
about  12  inches  by  18  inches.  The  cave  itself  is  about  six  feet  high,  and 
hung  around  with  drapery  of  alabaster.  The  ceiling  is  of  coral  forma- 
tion, and  the  floor  pure  white.  Farther  on  to  the  left  is  another  chamber, 
the  entrance  to  which  is  pretty,  but  difficult  of  access.  It  is  from 
6  inches  to  10  feet  high.  There  is  beautiful  formation  in  one  part  from 
the  ceiling  to  the  floor.  Some  of  it  is  like  straws,  as  clear  as  glass,  and 
a  portion  of  the  floor  sparkles  as  though  it  were  set  with  diamonds. 

The  Exhibition  is  of  large  proportions,  being  about  250  feet  each 
way,  but  its  height  ranges  only  from  5  to  20  feet.  Its  floor  is  reached 
by  nine  steps.  From  the  centre  of  the  Exhibition  the  entrance  to  the 
Bride's  Chamber  is  on  the  right.  To  the  left  is  a  broken  column, 
which  at  one  time  was  sound  from  the  floor  to  the  roof,  but  which  has 
been  fractured  apparently  by  the  sinking  of  the  rock  on  which  the 
stalagmitic  portion  rests.  The  separation  is  slight,  and  there  is  a  slight 
departure  from  the  right  line. 

THE    BROKEN    COLUMN. 

To  the  eastward  are  several  interesting  stalactites.  One  repre- 
sents a  black  fellow's  "  nulla-nulla,"  another  a  lady  and  child,  another 
the  palm  of  a  hand  blackened  by  candle  smoke.  On  the  south  side 
is  a  spacious  platform  like  the  stage  of  a  theatre — the  front,  about 
40  feet  wide,  is  supported  by  two  columns.  The  height  is  about 
1 8  feet,  and  across  the  top  is  a  curtain  of  formation  representing 
drapery  gracefully  arranged,  with  a  fringe  of  little  sparkling  stalactites. 
On  each  side  of  this  is  a  smaller  entrance  similarly  adorned  and  as 


THE     BROKEN     COLUMN. 


THE  JEWEL    CASKET.  77 

exquisitely  beautiful.  The  floor  of  the  stage  is  about  15  feet  deep,  and 
the  curved  ceiling1  about  40  feet  from  the  drop  curtain  to  the  floor. 
This  is  as  it  appears  at  a  distance.  On  nearer  approach  it  is  perceived 
that  the  pillars  are  uneven,  and  marked  with  formations  of  various 
kinds.  That  which  seemed  like  a  stage  becomes  an  irregular  cavern, 
with  immense  rocks  lying  about  in  great  disorder.  When  the  Exhibition 
is  illuminated  by  the  magnesium  light,  some  beautiful  red  and  white 
stalactites  are  disclosed,  glittering  like  dewdrops  in  the  sunlight,  and 
also  some  exceedingly  pretty  stalagmites.  This  chamber  was  called 
"The  Exhibition"  on  account  of  the  variety  of  its  specimens.  It 
contains  stalactites  and  stalagmites,  white  and  coloured — variegated 
shawls — sombre  marble  and  sparkling  rocks,  clusters  of  formation,  and 
elephantine  masses  of  carbonate  of  lime  in  shapes  which  prove  how 
much  more  subtle  than  professors  of  art  is  Nature  herself.  At  the 
south  end  a  cave  slopes  down,  and  there  are  boulders  and  debris 
stained  with  iron,  as  well  as  other  indications  of  great  soakage  and 
percolation. 

THE    JEWEL    CASKET. 

Eastward,  about  40  feet,  is  the  "Jewel  Casket."  On  the  way  to  it 
are  openings  to  numerous  unexplored  caves.  Affixed  to  an  immense 
block  of  limestone  are  some  30  or  40  shawl-pattern  formations  of 
various  sizes,  which  give  forth  musical  sounds  when  struck  with  a 
hard  substance,  and  which,  with  a  little  practice,  could  be  played  upon 
like  a  mammoth  harmonicon.  En  route  from  the  Exhibition  to  the 
Jewel  Casket,  although  the  passage  has  not  been  so  dry  for  twenty 
years,  the  rocks  are  covered  with  moisture,  and  the  lime  can  be  scraped 
off  like  soft  soap.  From  the  Exhibition  there  is  a  descent  eastward 
of  about  IOO  feet  along  the  gallery,  which  is  somewhat  narrow,  but  the 
roof  of  which  is  covered  with  pretty  stalactites.  Near  the  entrance  to 
the  Casket  is  a  remarkable  reticulated  rock.  The  descent  is  by  23 


78  THE  JENOLAN    CAVES. 

steps    east,    and    then    proceeding   north    about    five    yards    the    Jewel 
Casket  is  reached. 

The  Jewel  Casket  is  at  the  end  of  a  very  remarkable  cave.  Its 
ceiling  is  marvellously  beautiful.  The  walls  and  ridges  on  each  side 
sparkle  like  gems  of  the  first  water.  Some  of  the  rocks  are  covered 
with  virgin  white,  and  some  are  delicately  coloured.  The  entrance  to 
the  Casket  itself  is  very  small,  being  only  about  15  inches  by  8.  Its 
upper  portion  is  of  glistening  rich  brown,  and  slopes  in  varied  graceful 
folds  down  to  the  bed  rock.  When  the  magnesium  light  reveals  the 
splendour  of  the  interior  it  is  seen  that  the  Casket  stretches  away  to 
a  considerable  distance;  the  floor  is  covered  with  white  and  amber 
brilliants  and  snowy  coruscating  flakes  of  dazzling  purity.  Here  are 
clusters  of  cave  diamonds,  opals,  and  pearls,  with  delicate  fawn-coloured 
jewels  scattered  about  promiscuously.  Rich  and  rare  are  the  gems 
this  Casket  contains,  and  exclamations  of  delight  are  evoked  when  their 
charms  burst  upon  the  view  like  a  vision  of  fairyland.  Neither  tongue 
nor  pen,  nor  photographic  art  nor  pencil-sketch,  can  ever  do  full  justice 
to  this  natural  treasury  of  beautiful  things. 

JUDGE    WINDEYER'S    COUCH. 

Leaving  the  Jewel  Casket,  the  visitor  proceeds  in  a  northward 
direction  along  a  passage,  from  the  Exhibition  to  "The  Hall  to  the 
Bridge."  There  is  an  ascent  of  13  steps  west,  and  then  the  way 
to  the  Hall  is  under  a  low  archway,  through  which  it  is  necessary  to 
proceed  on  hands  and  knees.  Through  this  archway  is  a  little  cavern, 
something  like  the  Jewel  Casket,  with  a  floor  of  diamond  drift  and 
delicate  coral.  At  the  top  of  the  steps  the  Hall  runs  north-west.  Then 
the  way  lies  down  a  gradual  slope  of  rough  rocks  to  the  head  of 
1 8  steps,  with  a  wire  rope  on  the  right  hand  side.  At  the  top  of 
the  steps  near  to  the  Jewel  Casket  and  in  the  Hall  to  the  Bridge  is 
a  piece  of  formation  like  an  upholstered  sofa,  which  has  been  named 


THE     UNDERGROUND     BRIDGE. 


JUDGE    WINDEYERS    COUCH.  81 

"Judge  Windeyer's  Couch,"  because  it  is  said  that  the  learned  Judge 
sat  on  it  when  he  visited  the  caves.  Its  surface  is  of  a  rich  reddish 
brown,  and  may  have  suggested  the  celebrated  woolsack  which,  in  the 
days  of  "good  Queen  Bess,"  was  introduced  as  the  Lord  Chancellor's 
seat  in  commemoration  of  the  Act  to  prevent  the  exportation  of  wool 
which  was  at  that  time  as  important  an  element  in  England's  prosperity 
as  it  is  at  present  to  the  well-being  of  Australia.  In  the  Hall  beautiful 
formation  is  seen.  A  large  rock,  with  shawl-pattern  appendages 
and  other  ornamentation,  is  specially  attractive.  Another  represents 
a  miniature  Niagara,  done  in  stone.  The  features  are  varied  by 
splendid  stalactites,  from  pure  white  to  rich  brown.  The  formation  on 
the  wall  is  like  frozen  fountains.  The  bottom  consists  of  huge  rocks, 
angular  and  rugged,  with  immense  flags  of  limestone.  About  10  yards 
from  the  Bridge  is  "  Touch-me-not "  corner,  with  a  grotto  quite  out  of 
reach,  but  of  the  interior  of  which,  when  the  light  is  flashed  into  it,  a 
splendid  view  can  be  obtained.  The  stalactites  are  perfectly  shaped 
and  beautifully  pure.  Some  of  them  are  as  white  as  snow,  some  are 
opaline,  and  others  are  tinged  with  mineral  colours.  The  floor  has 
many  stalagmites  and  sparkling  formations  like  a  jewelled  carpet,  which 
falls  from  the  entrance  a  little  distance  down  the  wall  in  graceful  brown 
folds  fringed  with  russet  stalactites.  Here  the  Hall  is  very  spacious, 
being  about  120  feet  across,  and  the  roof  rises  from  10  to  50  feet.  It 
has  on  it  some  of  the  most  beautiful  stalactites  in  the  caves,  many  of 
them  being  of  unsullied  white.  To  the  left,  high  up  on  the  side  of  the 
Hall,  is  a  piece  of  pure  lime  formation  like  a  lace  shawl,  the  apparent 
delicate  network  of  which  is  an  object  of  special  interest,  if  not  of  envy, 
to  the  fair  sex. 

THE    UNDERGROUND    BRIDGE. 

The  Underground  Bridge  is  not  a  brilliant  achievement  in  engineer- 
ing, but  seems  to  be  well  constructed  and  safe,  which  is  an  important 


82  THE  JENOLAN    CAVES. 

consideration ;  for,  although  it  is  so  many  hundred  feet  below  the 
summit  of  the  mountain,  and  yet  down  so  low  as  to  be  on  the  same  level 
as  the  foundations  of  the  Cave  House  in  the  adjacent  valley,  it  spans  a 
black  yawning  gulf,  at  the  extremity  of  which,  50  feet  still  farther  down, 
is  a  clear  pool  of  water  20  feet  deep !  The  Bridge  is  about  42  feet 
long.  It  has  wire  girders  and  uprights,  with  stanchions  and  handrails, 
and  a  wooden  deck,  which,  by-the-bye,  needs  some  repair,  for  several 
of  the  planks  are  broken.  The  passage  is  made  increasingly  secure  by 
galvanised  wire  netting  stretched  along  the  lower  part  of  the  Bridge  on 
both  sides.  The  rocks  which  form  the  boundary  of  the  immense  chasm 
spanned  by  the  Bridge  are  of  enormous  size,  and  the  scene  from  this 
point  is  remarkable  for  sublimity  rather  than  for  what  is  commonly 
called  beauty.  Near  the  roof  is  an  immense  recess,  filled  with  huge 
stalactites  and  mammoth  pieces  of  formation,  which  have  floated  over 
the  bottom  and  formed  graceful  ornamentation  for  the  cavern  below. 
And  so  the  process  is  repeated  from  the  top  of  the  immense  chamber, 
near  the  roof,  down  to  the  rugged  walls  immediately  round  the  Bridge. 
Even  on  the  rocks  which  surround  the  abyss  similar  wondrous  decorations 
are  lavishly  bestowed.  The  clear-headed  and  sure-footed  guide  descends 
from  one  jutting  rock  to  another  and  yet  another,  until  he  approaches 
a  row  of  remarkable  stalactites  which  can  be  just  discerned  through  the 
gloom.  This  group  is  called  "The  Piano/'  because  of  the  resonant 
qualities  of  its  separate  parts.  Each  stalactite  gives  out  a  note.  The 
notes  vary  in  quality  and  pitch,  but  most  of  them  are  imperfect.  As 
stalactites  they  are  very  fine,  but  as  melodious  instruments  they  are 
frauds.  They  refuse  to  harmonise,  and  their  music  is  about  as  entrancing 
as  that  of  a  discordant  "upright  grand,"  mounted  on  one  leg  and 
played  with  a  handle. 


CHAPTER    XII. 


THE    LURLINE    CAVE. 

SEVENTY  or   eighty  yards  from    the   Underground   Bridge   is  the 
Lurline  Cave.     The  course  is  south-west,  through  a  curved  gallery 
with  53  steps  in  different  flights,  and  two  archways — one  like  loveliness 
when   "adorned  the   most,"  and   the   other   formed   by   an   ornate   mass 
of  stalactites. 

The  Lurline  Cave  is  justly  regarded  as  one  of  the  most  charming 
chambers  in  the  group.  The  coup  d'ceil  is  magnificent.  It  does  not 
need  any  close  examination  to  find  that  it  has  some  distinctive  features 
which  show  that,  although  there  is  no  aqueous  accommodation  for  the 
queen  of  the  water  nymphs,  whose  name  it  bears,  the  appellation  of 
this  portion  of  the  Lucas  Cave  cannot,  etymologically  at  least,  be 
considered  as  a  lucus  a  non  lucendo.  There  are  the  "  coral  bowers  "  and 
cells  to  which  Rudolph  was  transported  ;  the  "  halls  of  liquid  crystal, 
where  the  water  lilies  bloom ;  "  there  is  the  cool  grot  in  which  the  Water 
Queen  dwelt ;  there  is  the  rock  on  which  she  sat  "  when  all  was  silent 
save  the  murmur  of  the  lone  wave,  and  the  nightingale  that  in  sadness 
to  the  moon  telleth  her  lovelorn  tale ; "  there  is  Rhineberg's  magic 
cave,  with  its  "  wedges  of  gold  from  the  upper  air ; "  there  are  the 
distant  recesses  to  which  Lurline  sent  the  gnome  while  she  restored  to 
life  her  mortal  affinity.  With  such  surroundings  it  is  easy  to  reproduce, 
link  by  link,  the  rosy  chain  which  enthralled  the  German  Count  and 
"  The  Daughter  of  the  Wave  and  Air." 


84  THE  JENOLAN    CA  VES. 

Or,  to  take  the  more  rollicking-  version  by  "  Thomas  Ingoldsby, 
Esq."  Here  is  "  a  grand  stalactite  hall,"  like  that  which  rose  above  and 
about  the  impecunious  "  Sir  Rupert  the  Fearless,"  when  he  followed  to 
the  bottom  of  the  Rhine  the  dame  whose — 

"  Pretty  pink  silken  hose  cover'd  ankles  and  toes  ; 
In  other  respects  she  was  scanty  of  clothes  ; 
For  so  says  tradition,  both  written  and  oral, 
Her  one  garment  was  loop'd  up  with  bunches  of  coral." 

Where — 

"  Scores  of  young  women  diving  and  swimming, 

*  *  *  * 

All  slightly  accoutred  in  gauzes  and  lawns, 
Came  floating  about  him  like  so  many  prawns," 

and  where  their  queen,  Lurline,  lost  her  heart  and  her  plate,  and, 
according  to  the  same  reverend  author,  her  cajoler,  whose  disastrous 
fate  inspired  the  moral — 

"  Don't  fancy  odd  fishes  !     Don't  prig  silver  dishes  ! 
And  to  sum  up  the  whole  in  the  shortest  phrase  I  know, 
Beware  of  the  Rhine,  and  take  care  of  the  Rhino  ! " 

The  floor  is  covered  with  hemispherical  mounds  or  domes  for  the 
naiads  to  recline  on.  The  outer  wall  is  composed  of  formations  ranged 
in  festoons  of  stalactites — not  smooth  and  transparent,  but  opaque 
white,  and  marked  with  all  the  wonderful  elaboration  which  characterises 
zoophytic  work  in  the  coral  reefs  of  the  Southern  seas.  This  cave 
contains  several  sub-caves,  each  of  which  has  special  charms,  and  the 
turning  of  some  of  the  arches  is  marvellously  graceful.  One  of  the 
recesses  is  filled  with  stalactites  which  look  like  groups  of  seaweed. 
The  coral  is  russet  and  cream  colour  and  saffron,  and  there  are  honey- 
combed rocks  varying  in  shade  from  vandyck  brown  to  chrome  yellow. 
Some  of  the  stalactites  in  the  interior  sub-caves  are  transparent. 
Whichever  way  the  eye  is  turned  it  encounters  submarine  grottoes  of 
fantastic  shape,  decorated  with  imitations  of  algae.  If  it  were  only  at 
the  bottom  of  the  Rhine  instead  of  thousands  of  feet  above  sea-level,  it 


THE   FOSSIL    BONE    CAVE.  85 

would  seem  natural  as  well  as  beautiful,  but  here  its  existence  is  simply 
a  wonder,  and  the  sensation  produced  is  fairly  described  by  the  last 
word  in  the  marriage  service  of  the  Church  of  England.  Still,  "  when 
Mother  Fancy  rocks  the  wayward  brain,"  it  is  easy  to  associate  with  it 
denizens  of  the  deep,  and  people  it  with  naiads,  or  with  Undines,  who 
were  supposed  to  marry  human  beings,  and,  in  certain  conditions,  become 
endowed  with  human  souls.  The  cave  is  about  15  feet  high,  and  from 
15  to  20  feet  broad.  Some  of  the  coralline  ledges  at  the  sides  are 
remarkably  handsome,  and  many  of  the  stalactites  are  from  six  to  eight 
inches  in  diameter.  The  cavern  is  elegant  in  its  proportions,  highly 
favoured  in  regard  to  stalactite  growth,  graceful  in  contour,  and  rich 
in  colouring. 


THE    FOSSIL    BONE    CAVE. 

About  15  yards  north-west  from  the  Lurline  Cave  is  the  Fossil 
Bone  Cave.  To  reach  this  cavern  it  is  necessary  to  ascend  12 
steps.  It  is  scarcely  less  beautiful  than  the  Lurline  Cave.  The  lime 
formation  represents  pensile  boughs  of  weeping-willow,  garlands  of 
flowers,  and  stalactites  covered  with  all  kinds  of  floral  decorations. 
Here  also  are  some  fine  "  shawl "  formations  hanging  from  the  rocks. 
One  of  them  is  called  "The  Gong,"  because  it  produces  a  sonorous 
note  similar  to  that  of  the  Chinese  instrument  which  is  superseding  the 
dinner-bell,  and  challenging  its  title  to  be  regarded  as  "  the  tocsin  of 
the  soul."  On  a  sloping  side  of  the  floor  are  some  forms  distinctive  in 
shape  and  colour,  and  resembling  a  lot  of  small  potatoes  shot  down 
indiscriminately.  The  wonder  is  how  in  such  a  place  they  could  have 
been  so  formed  and  isolated.  Here  is  an  oblique  cavern,  at  the  bottom 
of  which  a  bone  of  some  large  animal  lies  embedded  in  the  limestone 
formation  like  a  type  in  a  matrix.  At  one  time  it  was  doubted  whether 
this,  which  appeared  to  be  bone,  was  really  an  osseous  substance,  but 


86  THE  JENOLAN    CA  VES. 

subsequent  examinations  have  proved  that  it  is  bone.  A  fracture  of  the 
rock  has  shown  that  the  outer  part  of  the  bone  is  compact,  and  the 
inner  part  cellular.  It  is  beautifully  white,  and,  as  the  formation  about 
is  brownish,  the  phosphate  can  be  readily  distinguished  from  the 
carbonate  of  lime.  On  the  roof  above  the  Fossil  Bone  Cave  is  a  rare 
stalactite  about  20  feet  in  length,  and  by  the  side  of  the  tomb  of  the 
unknown  animal — which  may  have  been  anything  from  a  diprotodon  to 
a  dingo — is  a  splendid  monumental  stalagmite.  The  cave  is  about 
50  feet  high,  and  50  feet  in  length  and  breadth.  The  roof  is  of  a  light 
cream  colour,  and  has  brown  stalactites  of  perfect  shape.  The  side 
rocks  are  magnificently  draped.  Numerous  splendid  columns  like  white 
marble,  and  sheets  of  stalactitic  growth,  excite  wonder  and  admiration. 


THE    SNOWBALL    CAVE. 

About  40  yards  through  a  hall,  running  north-east  of  the  Fossil  Bone 
Cave,  is  the  Snowball  Cave,  which  is  about  9  feet  high,  25  or  30  feet 
long,  and  from  6  to  10  or  12  feet  wide.  It  runs  north-north-east.  Its 
distinctive  feature  is  that  its  roof  and  a  portion  of  its  walls  are  covered 
with  little  white  masses  like  snowballs.  Some  of  the  patches  of 
carbonate  of  lime  stick  to  the  walls  in  isolated  discs,  and  others  are 
massed  as  though  snowballs  had  been  thrown  at  a  mark,  and  a  number 
of  them  had  stuck  close  together.  Some  of  the  stalactites  in  this 
chamber  have  been  formed  by  the  upward  pressure  of  water,  and 
assume  many  tortuous  shapes.  An  interesting  feature  of  this  portion  of 
the  caves  is  the  existence  of  a  number  of  stalactites  which  show  how 
readily  vibration  is  communicated  from  one  to  another.  The  visitor 
puts  his  finger  to  the  end  of  a  stalactite,  and  when  an  adjacent  one 
is  struck  so  as  to  make  it  sound,  it  is  perceptible  that  the  vibration  of 
the  sounding  stalactite  is  communicated  to  its  silent  neighbour. 


THE    WALLABY  BONE    CAVE,  87 

There  is  one  more  chamber  to  visit  in  the  Lucas  Cave.  To  reach 
it  the  visitor  ascends  four  steps,  and  travels  north-west  about  14  yards 
to  the  head  of  a  wire  ladder,  which  he  descends  to  a  place  directly 
underneath  the  Snowball  Cave,  and  then  he  goes  down  the  steps  into 
the  Wallaby  Bone  Cave,  over  the  entrance  to  which  is  a  very  pretty 
cluster  of  stalagmites,  from  6  inches  to  18  inches  long,  and  varying 
from  the  thickness  of  a  straw  to  three-quarters  of  an  inch  in  diameter. 
The  floor  is  covered  with  wallaby  bones,  and  in  the  immediate  vicinity 
are  quantities  of  osseous  breccia. 


CHAPTER    XIII. 


THE    BONE    CAVES. 

THE  Bone  Caves  are  intensely  interesting-,  and  a  considerable 
amount  of  attention  has  been  paid  to  them  by  scientists.  In 
1867,  Professor  Owen,  when  writing-  to  the  Colonial  Secretary,  said  that 
the  natural  remains  obtained  from  the  limestone  caves  of  Wellington 
Valley  in  1832,  "revealed  the  important  and  sugg-estive  fact  that  the 
marsupial  type  of  structure  prevailed  in  the  ancient  and  extinct  as  well 
as  in  the  existing-  quadrupeds  of  Australia."  Seventeen  years  ago  there 
was  an  expedition  to  the  Wellington  Valley  Bone  Caves.  Parliament 
voted  £200  for  the  purpose,  and  an  investigation  was  made  by  Mr. 
Gerard  Krefft,  who  at  that  time  was  curator  of  the  Australian  Museum, 
and  Dr.  Thompson.  They  obtained  many  valuable  and  rare  specimens, 
some  of  which  were  said  to  be  quite  new  to  science,  consisting  of  the 
remains  of  mammals,  birds,  and  reptiles.  The  largest  bones  and  teeth 
discovered  were  of  a  size  equal  to  those  of  a  full-grown  elephant. 
They  were  remains  of  diprotodons  and  nototheriums,  gigantic  marsupials 
now  extinct. 

The  Wellington  Valley  Caves  were  discovered  by  Sir  Thomas 
Mitchell  more  than  50  years  ago.  From  them  no  fewer  than  2,100 
specimens  of  fossil  remains  were  presented  to  the  British  Museum. 
When  the  result  of  the  exploration  was  forwarded  to  Professor  Owen,  he 
said  that  the  conclusion  was  very  much  what  might  have  been  naturally 
looked  for,  and  that  the  only  disappointment  he  felt  was  the  absence  of 
human  remains  and  works.  Ten  years  ago  an  attempt  was  made  to 
obtain  the  co-operation  of  the  neighbouring  colonies  in  the  work  ot 
thoroughly  exploring  the  caves  of  the  western  and  southern  districts  and 


THE   BONE    CAVES.  89 

Australian  rivers.  The  proposition  originated  with  the  Agent-General 
for  New  South  Wales,  Professor  Owen,  and  Sir  George  Macleay,  but 
the  adjacent  colonies  did  not  see  their  way  to  participate,  whereupon  our 
Cabinet  decided  to  do  the  work  without  extraneous  aid,  and  £600  was 
voted  by  Parliament  for  the  service  of  1882.  At  an  earlier  stage 
Professor  Liversidge  had  written  to  the  Colonial  Secretary,  transmitting 
the  following  extract  from  a  letter  he  had  received  from  Professor 
Boyd  Dawkins,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  of  Owens  College,  Manchester : — "  Would 
the  Government  of  New  South  Wales  undertake  the  systematic  explora- 
tion of  the  wonderful  caves  which  are  in  the  colony,  and  which  certainly 
ought  to  be  explored  ?  Not  only  is  there  a  certainty  of  adding  to  the 
great  marsupials  which  have  been  obtained,  but  there  is  a  great  chance 
of  finding  proof  that  man  was  living  at  the  same  time  as  the  extinct 
animals,  as  he  has  already  been  found  in  Europe  and  Asia.  I  should 
expect  to  find  a  very  low  form  of  the  aborigine.  Such  an  inquiry  would 
be  of  a  very  great  interest  to  us  here  in  England,  who  are  digging  at 
the  caves  all  over  Europe,  and  the  duplication  which  would  be  obtained 
would  enable  the  trustees  of  the  Australian  Museum  to  increase  their 
collections  largely  by  exchanges." 

The  minutes  of  the  meetings  of  the  trustees  of  the  Australian 
Museum  show  that  in  1881  a  committee,  consisting  of  Dr.  Cox,  Mr. 
Wilkinson,  and  Professor  Liversidge,  was  appointed  for  the  manage- 
ment of  the  exploration  of  caves  and  rivers,  and  it  was  decided  that 
the  following  caves  should,  if  possible,  be  examined  in  the  order  as 
written : — Wellington  Caves,  Cowra,  or  Belubula  Caves,  Abercrombie, 
Wollombi,  Fish  River  (now  Jenolan),  Wombean,  Wallerawang,  Cargo, 
Yarrangobilly,  Murrumbidgee,  Kempsey.  The  Coodradigbee  caves  were 
also  included,  and  from  them  was  taken  a  great  quantity  of  bones  of 
small  animals,  with  a  number  of  jaw,  thigh,  hip,  and  shin  bones  of  some 
animals  of  the  kangaroo  family.  The  smaller  bones  were  those  of  mice, 
bats,  birds,  and  marsupials.  In  the  Wellington  breccia  cave  a  shaft 


go  THE  JENOLAN   CAVES. 

was  sunk,  and  on  the  2Oth  September,  1881,  Mr.  E.  P.  Ramsay,  curator 
of  the  Museum,  reported,  among-  other  things,  the  following  : — "  A  great 
number  of  interesting-  bones  have  already  been  obtained  from  this 
shaft,  but  the  mass  of  35  feet  of  bone  breccia  which  we  passed  through 
shows  that  we  have  here  a  larg-e  field  for  exploration.  From  this 
shaft  we  have  obtained  bones  of  the  following  animals,  besides  a  great 
number  of  small  bones  yet  undetermined — Diprotodon,  macropus,  palor- 
chestes,  sthenurus,  procoptodon,  protemnodon,  halmaturus,  thylacinus, 
bettongia,  sarcophilus,  phascolomys,  dasyurus,  phalangista,  pteropus  (?), 
bats,  rodents  (mus),  a  few  lizards'  bones,  and  a  few  vertebrae  of  lizards 
and  snakes." 

Other  caves  also  were  explored,  but  it  was  found  that  the  bones 
obtained  from  them  were  of  recent  origin.  It  is  a  question  whether  it 
would  not  be  desirable  to  make  still  further  investigations.  The  osseous 
breccia — where  it  exists — appears  to  be  similar  in  all  the  caves. 
There  are  rifts  and  pits  and  chambers  where  animals  have  retired  to 
die,  and  where  from  time  to  time  their  bones  have  been  formed  into 
cement  with  the  liquefied  rock,  which  in  process  of  time  has  again 
hardened  and  become  a  solid  compound  of  bone  and  stone. 

In  the  southern  room  on  the  first  floor  of  the  Sydney  Museum  is  a 
large  collection  of  bones  from  the  Wellington  and  other  caves.  These 
remains  have  been  collected  during  the  last  four  or  five  years  under 
the  direction  of  Mr.  Ramsay,  the  curator.  They  are  chiefly  the  bones 
of  marsupials.  There  are  not  among-  them  any  fossil  remains  which 
indicate  the  presence  of  man  in  Australia  at  any  very  remote  period. 
Some  of  the  principal  bones  are  those  of  extinct  marsupials,  and  are 
important  from  a  scientific  point  of  view.  They  include  bones  of  the 
following-  animals  (species  extant)  found  in  the  Wellington  caves  : — The 
thylacinus  (Tasmanian  tiger),  sarcophilus  (Tasmanian  devil),  mastacomys 
(a  rodent),  hapalotis  albipes,  and  mus  lineatus  (New  South  Wales). 
Other  important  fossil  remains  in  the  Museum  are  those  of  the  thyla- 


THE   BONE    CAVES.  91 

coleo  (two  species),  diprotodon,  procoptodon,  protemnodon,  palorchestes, 
macropus  titan,  nototherium,  phascolomys.  There  are  not  in  the 
Sydney  Museum  any  bones  from  the  Jenolan  Caves — which,  however, 
contain  many  interesting1  remains  of  the  animal  world, — because  the 
search  for  them  would  involve  the  destruction  of  attractive  features.  For 
these  reasons  attention  was  given  to  the  Wellington  Caves,  whose 
beauties  were  not  likely  to  receive  further  disfiguration  than  they  have 
already  suffered. 

From  the  Wallaby  Bone  Cave  the  visitor  returns  to  the  Fossil  Bone 
Cave,  and  ascends  a  wire  ladder  which  is  about  to  be  replaced  by  an 
iron  staircase.  As  he  mounts  this  wire-rope  ladder,  which  is  76  feet 
long  and  not  "  stayed,"  he  feels  the  necessity  for  some  better  means 
of  communication.  From  the  top  to  the  Cathedral  is  about  25  yards 
south-east.  A  large  portion  of  the  cave  north-west  from  this  point  has 

• 

not  been  explored.  There  are  five  or  six  different  branches,  one  of 
which  runs  out  to  daylight  at  a  small  aperture  (14  inches  by  18  inches) 
over  the  rise  of  the  water  below  the  Grand  Archway  and  the  Devil's 
Coach-house.  The  distance  from  here  through  the  Cathedral  to  the 
entrance  gate  is  about  70  yards,  up  two  flights  of  steps.  There  is  a 
gradual  ascent  to  the  steps,  and  the  final  flight  of  41  brings  the  excur- 
sionist to  the  gate  and  to  the  sunshine.  He  will  be  glad  to  rest  awhile 
before  entering  the  Imperial  Cave,  which  is  the  grandest  of  them  all. 


CHAPTER   XIV. 


THE    IMPERIAL    CAVE. 

THE  Imperial  Cave  is  graced  with  myriads  of  lovely  objects.     Dark- 
ness brooded  over  them    for  ages,  as  drip  by  drip  and  atom  by 
atom  they  were  formed  into  things  that  charm  and  shine  in  chambers 
whose  walls  are  "  clad  in  the  beauty  of  a  thousand  stars."     There  are 
underground  gullies  terrible  enough  to  be  the  home  of  Apollyon,  with 
legions  of  goblins ;    and   strangely  radiant   elfin    palaces  where  Titania 
might  be  supposed  to  reign,  and  Robin  Goodfellow  carry  on  his  frolic- 
some  pranks.     In   the  year  1879,  when   the   cave-keeper   (Mr.  Wilson) 
discovered  this   magnificent  series  of  caverns,   he  was  lowered  down  a 
distance  of  90  feet  through  Egyptian  darkness.     As  this  mode  of  access 
was  neither  cheerful  nor  easy,  nor  free  from  danger,  he  determined,  if 
possible,  to  find  a  less  inconvenient  and  perilous  approach  to  the  cave. 
After  two   years   of  patient   investigation    he    accomplished   his   heart's 
desire.     The  orifice  which  has  been  converted  into  the  present  entrance 
was  at  first,  for  a  distance  of  19  feet,  only  14  inches  by  15  inches,  but  the 
curator  worked  his  way  through  it,  caterpillar  fashion,  with  a  light  in  one 
hand  and  a  hammer  in  the  other,  knocking  off  the  rough  formation,  and 
widening  the  aperture  from  time  to  time  until  he  made  communication 
free   from   difficulty.      Throughout   this   splendid    cave    there   are   many 
places  where   similar  efforts,   accomplished    with    equal    success,    have 
added  largely  to  the  safety  and  convenience  of  visitors,  who  reap  the 
fruits    of  the    heroic    work    performed    by   the   brave    explorer,    whose 
best  years  have  been   spent  in    rendering  accessible   to   the  public  the 
marvellous  beauties  of  the  Jenolan  Caves. 


THE    WOOL    SHED.  93 

From  the  accommodation  house  the  way  to  the  Imperial  Cave  is 
through  the  Grand  Arch,  on  the  northern  side  of  which,  at  the  eastern 
end,  are  two  wooden  staircases.  The  first  springs  from  the  floor  of  the 
arch  amidst  immense  blocks  of  stone  irregularly  disposed.  It  has  21 
steps,  and  a  handrail  on  each  side.  This  terminates  at  the  summit  of 
a  pile  of  limestone  rocks,  the  uppermost  of  which  forms  a  platform 
guarded  by  iron  stanchions  and  a  galvanised  wire  rope.  From  this 
platform  there  is  another  flight  of  21  steps  to  the  portico  of  the  cave— 
a  plain  archway,  the  floor  of  which  is  50  feet  higher  than  the  floor  of  the 
cave-house.  The  entrance  is  guarded  by  a  light  iron  gate. 


THE    WOOL    SHED    AND    THE    GRAVEL    PITS. 

About  35  yards  from  the  entrance  to  the  Imperial  Cave,  northward, 
and  thence  about  30  yards  east,  is  "The  Wool  Shed."  The  approach 
to  it  is  narrow  and  low.  In  some  places  it  has  been  formed  by  blasting, 
and  in  others  by  excavation  through  a  red,  sandy  substance  underneath 
the  limestone.  It  widens  as  the  Wool  Shed  is  approached.  In  the  floor 
is  a  hole  going  down  to  the  former  entrance  to  the  cave,  now  closed 
by  a  stone  wall.  The  Wool  Shed  is  about  20  feet  wide,  15  feet  high, 
and  70  feet  long.  The  formation  over  a  large  part  of  the  walls  and 
roof  resembles  the  fleeces  of  sheep,  hanging  about  and  spreading  over 
the  shelving  rocks  in  all  directions.  There  is  one  pelt  which  suggests 
the  "  Golden  Fleece "  torn  by  Jason  from  the  tree  trunk  in  the  poison 
wood  guarded  by  the  huge  serpent  spangled  with  bronze  and  gold,  and 
which  was  soothed  to  slumber  by  the  magic  song  of  Orpheus.  The 
surroundings  are  as  strange  as  those  of  the  lonely  cave  where  dwelt 
Cheiron  the  Centaur,  who  taught  the  leader  of  the  Argonauts  "  to  wrestle 
and  to  box,  and  to  hunt,  and  to  play  upou  the  harp."  But  perhaps, 
after  all,  it  may  be  only  an  indifferent  limestone  representation  of  a 

£   2 


94  THE  JENOLAN   CA  VES. 

fellmongering  establishment.  The  woolly  skins  and  scraps  are  mirrored 
on  the  retina.  The  impressions  produced  by  the  sense  of  vision  depend 
not  upon  the  optic  nerve,  but  upon  the  imagination.  Simply  as  a 
spectacle,  however,  the  Wool  Shed  is  curious  and  entertaining.  The 
blocks  of  stone  near  to  the  base  are  for  the  most  part  plain,  and  the 
floor  is  broken  and  rugged. 

Descending  12  steps,  and  passing  through  a  tunnel  five  feet  six  inches 
by  two  feet,  the  visitor  stands  at  the  junction  of  the  right  and  the  left 
hand  branches  of  the  cave.  Here  formerly  the  passage  was  only 
14  inches  by  15  inches.  The  larger  opening  was  made  by  blasting1,  and 
the  material  blown  from  the  solid  rock  has  been  packed  away  in 
recesses  at  the  side  of  the  hall,  which,  at  the  junction  of  the  two 
branches,  widens  out  considerably,  but  does  not  present  any  specially 
interesting  features.  The  right  hand  branch  runs  north-west,  and  the 
left  hand  branch  runs  south-west.  Taking  the  south-west  branch  first, 
after  travelling-  about  10  yards  the  visitor  comes  to  "The  Gravel  Pits," 
which  he  reaches  by  ascending-  a  mound  with  13  steps.  There  are 
two  pits  of  gravel.  One  of  them  is  about  12  feet  deep  and  the  other 
about  15  feet.  In  the  rocks  overhead  are  bones  distinctly  visible, 
owing  to  the  earthy  matter  having-  fallen  away  from  them.  Some  of 
these  bones  are  large.  There  are  shelving  rocks  about  six  feet  from 
the  floor.  The  sides  of  one  of  the  Gravel  Pits  are  oblique,  but  the  other 
pit,  which  is  railed  off,  is  round  and  perpendicular.  It  could  hardly 
have  been  more  symmetrical  had  it  been  made  by  a  professional  well- 
sinker.  This  spot,  although  perhaps  uninteresting  to  a  mere  sightseer, 
cannot  fail  to  attract  the  attention  of  g-eologists.  Ascending  two  flights 
of  stairs  with  14  steps  each,  the  excursionist  attains  a  height  of  about  40 
feet  above  the  Gravel  Pits  in  a  north-westerly  direction.  Between  the  two 
flights  of  steps  the  ground  is  sloping,  and  the  walls  hold  a  considerable 
portion  of  drift,  the  pebbles  of  which  are  large  and  tinged  with  oxide 
of  iron.  This  passage  leads  to  the  Margherita  Cave,  and  from  it  a 


THE     ARCHITECT'S     STUDIO. 


THE   ARCHITECTS    STUDIO.  97 

tunnel  branches  off  towards  the  "Architect's  Studio."  This  is  a  very 
pretty  vestibule,  about  30  yards  in  length,  and  bearing-  south-east.  At 
first  it  rises  several  feet  by  steps,  and  later  on  there  is  a  descent  of  five 
steps  throug-h  masses  of  stalactites,  and  past  a  beautiful  pillar. 


THE    ARCHITECT'S    STUDIO. 

The    height  of   the    "Studio"   is   about    18    feet.      This    atelier  is    a 
marvel  of  beauty.     There  are  in  it  two  temples  of  the  most  lovely  kind. 
Large  masses  of  splendid  stalactites  hang-  from  the  roof.     On  the  walls 
are  columns  profusely  decorated  with  coral  and  tracery  and  bosses,  and 
carvings  which  could  be  imitated  only  by  the  most  cunning  workmanship. 
Near  the  centre  is  a  large  stalactitic  mass,  most  graceful  in  shape,  with 
numerous    appendages  ;     and    underneath    appear    several    stalagmites. 
Some   of  them   have   been   partially  destroyed,   but  one,   which  touches 
the  enormous  mass  of  stalactites  above,  remains  intact.     Near  to  this  is 
a  splendid  column,  richly  embellished.    The  walls  are  profusely  adorned 
with  elaborate  configurations,  which  are  supposed  to  represent  architec- 
tural  "studies,"   from  which  the  cave   derives   its  name.     Most  of  the 
formation  is  white  or  light  grey;   but   in  some  of  the  recesses  there  is 
rich  colouring.     Each   chamber  has  its  own  distinctive   attractions,  and 
contains    many   objects    which    challenge    special    admiration.      Massive 
grandeur  is  set  off  with  the  most  delicate  and  fragile  beauty.     Stalag- 
mites are  not  numerous  here,  but  one  about  eight  feet  in   height,  and 
two   inches  in   diameter  at  the  base,  tapers   off  gradually  towards  the 
roof  until  it  becomes   as  attenuated   as  the  thin  end  of  a  fishing-rod. 
The   stalactitic   formation   hangs   in    ponderous   grotesquely-shaped   con- 
cretions,  some   of  which   extend  from  the  roof  nearly  to  the  floor,  and 
many    of   the    stalactites   which  decorate    the    stalactitic    formation    are 
perfect  in  shape   and   purity.      The  choicest  portions  of  the  Architect's 
Studio  are  fenced  off  with  galvanised  wire  rope  on  iron  standards. 


98  THE  JENOLAN   CA  VES. 


THE    BONE    CAVE. 

Ascending  a  flight  of  10  steps  out  of  the  Architect's  Studio  the 
course  is  south-west  about  30  yards  to  the  Bone  Cave.  The  way  is 
difficult,  a  portion  of  the  journey  having  to  be  performed  on  hands  and 
knees.  The  cave,  which  runs  north  and  south,  is  about  10  feet  high, 
150  feet  long,  "and  from  5  to  30  feet  wide.  In  the  middle  of  it  is  a 
passage  only  partially  explored.  The  Bone  Cave  is  guarded  by  iron 
rods  and  wire  netting.  Bunches  of  stalactites  hang  from  the  roof,  and 
the  floor  is  strewn  with  bones,  covered  with  a  thick  coating  of  lime 
formation.  There  are  also  bones  embedded  in  the  floor.  Some  of  the 
formations  on  the  floor  are  very  peculiar,  consisting  of  small  curiously- 
shaped  pieces  fitted  together  at  remarkable  angles,  and  yet  capable  of 
being  taken  to  pieces  like  triplicate  kernels  pressed  together  in  one 
nutshell.  A  large  proportion  of  the  stalactites  are  quite  transparent  and 
decorated  with  small  sharp  points,  and  some  formations  among  the  coral 
are  as  lovely  as  fine  marine  mosses,  which  they  resemble.  In  the  midst 
are  numerous  unexplored  recesses,  which,  when  the  light  penetrates,  are 
seen  to  hold  hundreds  of  fine  stalactites,  crystal  and  opaque.  The  objects 
of  beauty  in  the  Bone  Cave  retain  their  colour,  because  they  cannot  be 
handled  by  that  class  of  visitors  who  fancy  that  they  can  see  only  with 
their  fingers.  On  the  walls  are  specimens  of  delicate  fretwork,  and  on 
the  floor  as  well  as  on  the  top  of  rocky  ledges  stalagmites  lavishly 
ornamented.  Although  not  as  grand  as  the  Architect's  Studio,  this  is  a 
very  fine  cave,  and  additional  interest  attaches  to  it  in  consequence  of 
the  fossil  bones  it  contains.  The  adjacent  chambers  cannot  be  explored 
without  destroying  some  of  the  well-known  beauties  of  the  cavern. 


(     99     ) 


CHAPTER    XV. 


THE    MARGHERITA    CAVE. 

FROM  the  Bone  Cave  to  the  Margherita  Cave  is  about  130  yards, 
travelling-  north-east  to  the  top  of  the  first  10  steps,  then  east 
into  the  Architect's  Studio,  and  then  north  about  30  yards.  The 
Margherita  Cave  varies  from  10  to  20  feet  in  height,  and  is  from  10  to 
15  feet  wide.  It  is  remarkable  chiefly  for  the  magnitude  and  beauty 
of  its  stalactitic  formation,  the  best  portions  of  which  are  fenced  off  with 
iron  rods  and  wire  netting.  The  formations  are  nearly  all  of  the  same 
general  character.  Although  there  are  many  changes  in  detail,  the 
typical  pattern  is  observed  everywhere  in  the  midst  of  infinite  variety, 
just  as  in  a  fugue  choice  snatches  of  melody  sound  forth  in  the  clear 
treble,  skip  away  in  the  mellow  tenor,  roll  forth  in  the  deep  bass,  and 
then  dart  about  Will-o'-the-wisp-like  all  through  the  composition,  without 
ever  getting  out  of  harmony.  It  is  a  grand  chamber  full  of  stately  con- 
cords and  charming  effects  of  light  and  shade. 

Hard  by  is  another  chamber  with  masses  of  beautiful  stalactites,  and, 
on  a  pinnacle,  a  figure  appears  about  the  height  of  the  Venus  de  Medici, 
robed  in  drapery  of  white,  slightly  suggestive  of  the  binary  tneory  of 
feminine  attire,  and  with  a  peculiar  curvature  denominated  the  "Grecian 
bend."  The  bend  is  unmistakeable.  There  is  just  a  suspicion  of  the 
"divided  skirt,"  and  the  attitude  is  easy  and  graceful,  the  Grecian  bend 
notwithstanding.  The  upper  part  of  the  body  from  the  waist  has  no 
"  boddice  aptly  laced,"  but  becomes  gradually  mixed  indiscriminately 
with  other  kinds  of  beauty,  which,  although  they  may  "  harmony  of  shape 
express,"  do  not  in  the  sense  indicated  by  Prior  become  "  fine  by  degrees 


100  THE  JE 'NOLAN   CA  VES. 

and  beautifully  less."  Admirers  of  classic  beauty  may  be  inclined  to 
regard  the  incompleteness  of  the  figure  as  "fine  by  defect  and  delicately 
weak."  There  are  some  stalagmites  on  the  sloping-  bank  of  formation, 
which  runs  down  to  the  wire  netting-  and  is  finished  off  at  each  extremity 
by  two  massive  stalactitic  pillars. 

The  Margherita  Cave  received  its  name  in  honour  of  the  wife  of 
Lieut.-Colonel  Cracknell,  Superintendent  of  Telegraphs.  Col.  Cracknell 
visited  the  caves  in  1880,  and  on  the  22nd  July  illuminated  this  and  some 
other  portions  with  the  electric  light.  The  Margherita  was  the  first  of 
the  underground  chambers  in  which  flashed  its  brilliant  rays. 

In  the  absence  of  facilities  for  generating-  electricity  by  means  of 
the  now  well-known  dynamo  machine,  Colonel  Cracknell  had  recourse 
to  primary  batteries,  and  adopted  the  form  known  as  the  Maynooth  or 
Callan  cell,  the  elements  of  which  were  cast  iron  and  zinc  in  solutions 
of  nitric  and  sulphuric  acid. 

It  was  not  an  easy  task  to  unload  and  carry  up  the  iron  cell  battery 
and  the  apparatus  into  the  cave,  as  each  set  of  six  cells  weighed  c)6Ibs. 
The  whole,  together  with  the  acids  and  the  electric  light  apparatus, 
exceeded  15  cwts.  The  battery,  however,  was  soon  made  ready,  and  to 
the  admiration  of  all  present  Cave  Margherita  was  illuminated  by  the 
electric  light.  A  photographic  apparatus  was  then  placed  in  position, 
the  plates  were  exposed,  and  in  15  minutes  the  first  negatives  were 
produced,  and  said  to  be  all  that  could  be  desired. 

It  is  satisfactory  to  learn  that  arrangements  are  almost  complete  for 
the  permanent  lighting  of  the  caves  by  electricity.  Lieutenant-Colonel 
Cracknell  proposes  to  illuminate  them  in  sections,  containing  each,  say, 
25  incandescent  lamps,  and  when  one  section  has  been  thoroughly 
explored  the  lamps  therein  will  be  cut  off  and  those  in  the  next  section 
brought  into  operation,  and  so  on  until  the  whole  of  the  interior  has 
been  examined.  It  is  intended  that  Swan's  incandescent  lamp  of  2O-candle 
power  shall  be  used. 


THE   MARGHER1TA    CAVE.  101 

The  electricity  is  to  be  generated  by  a  small  Edison  dynamo,  with 
which  accumulators  of  the  Elwell-Parker  type  will  be  kept  charged,  so 
that  at  all  times  there  will  be  a  supply  available  for  lighting  the  lamps. 
It  has  not  yet  been  determined  whether  to  use  steam  or  water  power, 
but  it  is  thought  likely  that  sufficient  of  the  latter  may  be  secured 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  caves  to  work  a  turbine,  and  thus  produce  the 
necessary  energy. 


(      102      ) 


CHAPTER    XVI. 


THE    HELENA    CAVE. 

E~A.VING  the  Margherita  Cave  by  a  descent  of  five  steps,  and 
travelling-  north-west  about  ten  yards  through  a  festooned  hall,  the 
Helena  Cave  opens  to  view.  It  was  named  in  1880.  Helena  is  the 
prenomen  of  Mrs.  Hart,  whose  husband  accompanied  Lieutenant-Colonel 
Cracknell  on  his  visit  to  the  caves,  and  took  photographs  of  some  of 
the  chambers,  when  for  the  first  time  they  were  illuminated  by  electricity. 
Mr.  Hart  was  connected  with  the  photographic  branch  of  the  Govern- 
ment Printing  Office.  The  pictures  then  produced,  although  large  and 
fairly  good,  are  not  equal  to  some  more  recent  photographs  taken  when 
the  chambers  were  illuminated  by  the  magnesium  light. 

The  Helena  Cave  is  about  60  yards  long,  15  to  20  feet  high,  and 
varies  in  width  from  20  to  50  feet.  For  stalactitic  splendour  it  will  bear 
comparison  with  the  most  magnificent  of  the  caves.  There  are  columns 
like  the  trunks  of  stately  trees,  covered  with  rough  formation  resembling 
coarse  bark.  Coralline  masses  droop  laden  with  myriads  of  cells.  In 
the  recesses  are  stalactites  perfect  in  shape— crystal,  and  alabaster  set 
off  by  others  coloured  like  ferruginous  sandstone.  Lovely  grottoes  and 
decorated  rock  ledges  abound.  In  one  or  two  instances  joined  stalactites 
and  stalagmites  form  pillars  with  bunches  of  formation  all  about  them 
like  stony  efflorescence.  Several  steps  lead  into  a  recess,  the  floor  of 
which  contains  basins  made  by  the  action  of  water. 

The  formation  throughout  is  remarkable  for  its  lavish  ornamentation 
and  purity.  Among  the  grand  cornices  is  one  weighing  about  half  a  ton, 


THE     HELENA     CAVE. 


THE   HELENA    CAVE.  105 

formed  in  such  a  manner  as  to  resemble  great  bunches  of  grapes,  like 
those  brought  from  Eschol  by  the  Hebrew  spies  to  illustrate  their  report 
on  "the  promised  land."  In  other  parts  are  small  clusters  like  vine 
produce  growing-  en  espalier.  It  seems  as  though  in  these  subterranean 
sunless  bowers  nature  had  by  some  subtle  process  striven  to  reproduce 
in  stone  the  fruits  and  flowers  of  the  sunned  surface,  clothing  them  in 
pure  white  and  sombre  grey,  and  endowing  them  with  charms  as  sweet 
and  mutely  eloquent  as  the  fragrance  of  the  Cestrum  nocturnum,  or  the 
cold  beauty  of  a  night  cactus  bloom  which  caresses  the  moonbeams  or 
wantons  in  the  stellar  light. 

This  place,  full  of  enchanted  grottoes  and  elfin  palaces,  gives,  per- 
haps, the  best  illustration  of  the  plan,  so  uniform  and  yet  so  diverse,  on 
which  these  limestone  mountains  have  been  honeycombed  into  galleries, 
"  high  overarch'd  with  echoing  walks  between,"  and  caverns  large  and 
small,  from  cathedral  spaciousness  to  the  minimised  dimensions  of  the 
tiniest  chamber  in  the  finest  coralline  structure.  Their  infinite  gradation 
may  be  fairly  described  by  certain  well-known  lines,  and  substituting 
the  word  "  caves  "  for  the  name  of  the  most  lively  insects  of  the  genus 

pulex — 

Big  caves  have  little  caves 

And  lesser  caves  about  'em  ; 
These  caves  have  other  caves, 

And  so  ad  infinitum. 

The  most  remarkable  feature  hereabouts  is  a  piece  of  formation 
called  "  The  Madonna."  It  is  supposed  to  represent  a  woman  carrying 
an  infant,  which  rests  on  her  right  arm.  The  left  arm  hangs  loosely  by 
her  side,  and  the  right  knee  is  bent  as  in  the  act  of  walking.  The 
head  bears  less  resemblance  to  that  of  one  of  the  favourite  creations 
of  the  Old  Masters  than  it  does  to  the  anterior  part  of  a  Russian  bear. 
A  pyramidal  mound  about  four  feet  high  forms  a  pedestal  for  the  figure, 
which  is  about  two  feet  six  inches  from  crown  to  sole.  A  sculptor  with 
mallet  and  chisel  might  in  an  hour  or  two  convert  it  into  a  representa- 


106  THE  JENOLAN   CA  VES. 

tion  of  loveliness,  but  at  present  it  is  only  a  veiled  beauty.  Visitors  have 
to  imagine  all  those  witcheries  and  feminine  perfections  portrayed  by 
great  artists  who  have  made  "The  Madonna  and  Child"  a  life  study. 

The  best  view  of  this  cave  is  that  looking  south-east  with  "My  Lady" 
in  the  centre.  The  stalactites  show  to  great  advantage,  and  as  the  mani- 
fold charms  brought  into  bold  relief  by  the  magnesium  light  disappear, 
and  the  sable  goddess  "  from  her  ebon  throne,  stretches  forth  her 
leaden  sceptre,"  the  sensation  produced  is  one  of  pleasant  bewilderment. 
The  deep  gloom  which  follows  celestial  brightness  enshrouds  the  glorious 
scene.  The  pageant  fades  away  as  did  the  celebrated  palace  which 
Potemkin  reared  for  his  Imperial  Mistress.  It  was  made  of  blocks  of 
ice.  The  portico  was  supported  by  Ionic  pillars,  and  the  dome  sparkled 
in  the  sun,  which  had  just  strength  enough  to  gild,  but  not  to  melt  it. 
"  It  glittered  afar  like  a  palace  of  crystal  and  diamonds,  but  there  came 
one  warm  breeze  from  the  south,  and  the  stately  building  dissolved  away 
until  none  were  able  to  gather  up  the  fragments."  So  it  is  with  these 
underground  wonders.  They  are  brought  into  bold  relief,  and  gilded 
by  the  brilliant  light  of  the  magnesium  lamp.  It  is  extinguished,  and 
the  gorgeous  palaces  and  solemn  temples  suddenly  become  like  "stuff 
which  dreams  are  made  of." 

Another  beautiful  feature  in  the  Helena  Cave  is  a  formation  under  a 
mass  of  stalactites  which  hang  from  the  roof  and  drop  water  on  to  a 
jutting  rock  below.  On  a  corner  of  this  shoulder  is  a  huge  epaulette, 
and  underneath  are  some  elegantly-shaped  brackets.  Still  farther  down 
is  an  enormous  richly  decorated  mass,  flanked  by  shell  pattern  formation. 
The  base  rock  rests  on  a  mound  of  limestone  gracefully  curved,  and  the 
intervening  spaces  are  filled  with  myriads  of  ornate  specimens.  Some 
distance  above  the  floor  is  a  bold  rock  with  a  sharply  cut  under-surface 
like  the  sounding-board  of  a  pulpit  hung  with  stalactites.  Here  are  also 
terraces  like  miniatures  of  the  celebrated  White  Terraces  of  New  Zealand, 
with  basins,  the  sides  of  which  are  graced  with  a  formation  which  at  one 


THE   HELENA    CAVE.  107 

time  was  pure  white,  but  the  lower  portions  of  which  are  now  discoloured. 
The  upper  part,  however,  still  retains  its  pristine  purity  and  loveliness. 
The  terraces  approaching-  The  Grotto  are  stained  by  the  tramping-  of  feet. 
About  halfway  up  is  a  handsome  stalagmite  of  fine  proportions.  This 
chamber  is  grandly  impressive,  and  remarkable  for  its  charming  variety 
of  formation,  as  well  as  for  its  graceful  contours. 


(     io8 


CHAPTER    XVII. 


THE    GROTTO    CAVE. 

AT  the  point  of  exit  from  the  Helena  Cave  there  is  a  descent  of 
four  steps.  Then  it  is  necessary  to  ascend  14  steps  north-north- 
east on  the  way  to  the  right-hand  branch  of  the  Imperial  Cave.  From 
the  top  of  the  steps  the  distance  to  the  junction  is  about  80  yards.  On 
the  left  side  of  the  passage,  at  the  foot  of  the  lower  steps  in  the  left- 
hand  branch,  is  a  drive  down  into  the  gallery  of  the  right-hand  branch, 
the  fall  being  about  70  feet.  It  was  by  being  lowered  down  this  hole 
that  the  cave-keeper  found  that  portion  of  the  right-hand  branch  which 
extends  from  the  shaft  to  the  junction  of  the  two  branches.  This 
perilous  part  is  railed  off  with  two  wires  supported  on  iron  standards 
let  into  the  rock.  At  a  point  22  yards  north,  on  the  passage  to  the 
Grotto  Cave,  at  an  angle,  is  a  drop  of  100  feet  into  the  right-hand 
branch  of  the  Imperial  Cave. 

Sitting  on  a  thin  shell  -of  limestone,  on  the  right-hand  side,  the  visitor 
may  pitch  a  stone  into  a  hole  10  inches  by  14  inches,  and  hear  it  strike 
the  bottom  of  the  black  depth.  He  may  thrust  his  candle  down  to  arm's 
length  underneath  the  mineral  crust,  and  (if  he  be  in  a  very  cheerful 
vein)  fancy  he  is  peering  into  the  Infernal  Regions,  over  which  he  rests 
on  a  thin  and  fragile  screen.  From  this  point  the  Grotto  Cave  is  south- 
south-west  about  50  yards.  Precautions  have  been  taken  against  acci- 
dent at  this  spot.  Iron  standards  are  let  into  the  rock,  and  there  are 
double  wires  stayed  back  to  the  walls  of  the  cave.  It  is  intended  to 
make  it  still  more  secure  on  the  lower  side  by  a  netting  of  three  inch  wire, 
on  one  and  a  quarter  inch  iron  standards,  from  four  to  six  feet  high. 


THE    GROTTO    CAVE,  109 

Where  the  rock  has  been  cut  to  make  the  passage  wide  enough,  the 
steps  are  wet,  and  there  is  a  little  basin  always  full  of  bright  water  of 
a  bluish  tint.  A  false  step  here  might  precipitate  a  sight-seer  into  an 
almost  perpendicular  hole,  some  idea  of  the  depth  of  which  may  be 
formed  by  casting  a  stone  down,  and  listening  to  its  striking  against 
the  sides,  until  after  the  lapse  of  several  seconds  the  sound  of  its  con- 
tact with  the  floor  rises  like  a  feeble  voice,  still  further  subdued  by 
distance.  Descending  five  steps,  a  good  sight  is  obtained  of  the  Grotto 
Cave.  It  is  25  feet  high  in  places,  and  about  10  feet  wide,  with  passages 
in  all  directions.  It  runs  south-south-east  and  north-north-west,  and  is 
full  of  interesting  vaults  and  crypts,  over  which  Nature  seems  to  have 
cast  a  mystic  spell.  For  alluring  charms,  fantastic  combinations,  and 
disposition  of  matter,  no  comparison  can  be  found  between  it  and  the 
most  artistic  grottoes  built  by  human  hands.  One  grotto  is  roofed  with 
delicately  white  and  richly-traced  formation,  studded  with  stalactites  of 
rare  splendour.  Here  is  a  delicate  white  shaft  piercing  the  dome;  there 
a  stalagmite  within  half-an-inch  of  the  stalactite  above.  A  broken  pillar 
suggests  either  an  accident  or  a  barbaric  act  ;  near  to  it  is  a  perfect 
column,  which,  in  the  dim  light,  seems  like  a  figure  emerging  from  the 
cave.  Close  inspection  reveals  imitations  of  coral  and  seaweed,  curved 
stalactites,  and  filagree  work  of  the  most  intricate  design.  Little  flakes 
of  lime,  like  snow,  at  the  back  of  the  grotto,  sparkle  like  twinkling 
stars. 

Another  grotto,  in  the  centre  of  the  cave,  is  made  entirely  by  large 
stalactites,  set  off  with  small  ones.  Some  are  covered  with  filaments 
about  the  thickness  of  ordinary  sewing-cotton  ;  others  seem  as  though 
they  were  covered  with  beautiful  mosses.  Many  of  the  pendants  are 
richly  wrought  and  extremely  graceful.  The  upper  stalactites  are 
covered  with  thicker  filaments  like  twine  and  pack-thread.  A  third 
grotto  is  remarkable  chiefly  for  a  splendid  cornice  or  buttress  project- 
ing from  a  pillar.  It  is  as  grand,  though  not  as  ornate,  as  similar 


no  THE  JENOLAN   CAVES. 

formation  in  the  Margherita  Cave.      It  was  named  on  the   loth   March 
1 88 1,  and  its  designation  is  appropriate. 

Near  the  exit  is  a  marvellous  grotto,  at  the  entrance  to  which  is  a 
massive  stalagmitic  pillar,  five  feet  in  diameter,  meeting  the  end  of  a 
stalactite  about  15  feet  long.  The  back  of  the  stalagmite  constitutes  a 
separate  grotto  of  stalactites  and  shell-pattern  formation.  Near  to  it  is 
a  remarkable  rock,  covered  with  cauliflower-shaped  masses  of  limestone. 
It  is  known  as  the  Cauliflower  Rock — the  choufleur  of  the  gnomes  who 
guard  the  unfathomable  caves  of  Jenolan.  In  yet  another  grotto,  at  the 
rear  of  the  main  pillar,  is  a  beautiful  canopy,  with  thin  stalactites,  straight 
like  walking-canes,  and  others  thin  as  straws,  crystal  and  opaque.  There 
are  also  many  contorted  stalactites  and  other  eccentricities  in  stone.  A 
little  iron  ladder  makes  it  easy  to  descend  into  this  cave  of  so  many 
beautiful  grottoes  on  gracefully  undulating  foundations.  Near  the  point 
of  departure  is  a  dangerous  spot,  for  the  proper  guarding  of  which 
arrangements  are  being  made.  Adjacent  is  a  considerable  quantity  of 
red  clay  covered  with  smooth  white  formation,  and  fractures  of  rock 
round  about  sparkle  with  crystals. 


THE     LUCINDA     CAVE. 


CHAPTER    XVIII. 


THE    LUCINDA    CAVE. 

A?TER  travelling"  a  few  yards  south  from  the  grottoes  the  visitor 
arrives  at  the  Lucinda  Cave.  The  hall  is  from  5  to  15  feet  wide 
and  from  6  to  25  feet  high.  The  approach  to  the  cave  is  through  lime- 
stone rocks.  The  path  has  a  g-entle  slope,  and  in  some  places  the  walls 
are  besprinkled  with  a  white  substance  like  wool.  Near  the  centre  of 
the  passage  is  a  hole  in  the  roof  partly  lined  with  formation  which 
sparkles  like  a  starlit  sky.  A  little  farther  on  is  a  descent  of  four  steps 
through  a  passage,  the  walls  of  which  glitter  with  great  brilliancy. 

About  25  yards  from  the  Lucinda  Cave,  south-south-west,  is  a  magni- 
ficent spectacle.  The  roof  is  densely  crowded  with  stalactites  of  every 
type  of  beauty.  On  each  side  are  crevices  of  dazzling  splendour,  and 
on  the  floors  of  which  brilliants  have  been  showered  like  hail.  The 
largest  remain  in  the  centre,  and  the  corners  and  other  remote  places 
are  heaped  with  diamond  drift.  In  one  place  in  the  lower  cave  is  a 
bank  made  of  formation  washed  from  the  hall  above,  thickening  to  the 
base  at  an  angle  of  about  40°,  and  studded  with  cave  gems.  Between 
the  jewelled  floors  and  the  superincumbent  rocks  are  stalagmites  of 
pure  white  calcareous  alabaster.  At  the  end  of  this  passage  are  three 
steps,  which  it  is  necessary  to  ascend  in  order  to  reach  the  Lucinda 
Chamber,  which  was  discovered  on  the  7th  February,  1881,  and  is  named 
after  the  wife  of  the  curator  of  the  caves. 

The  Lucinda  Cave  is  from  10  to  25  feet  high,  from  50  to  70  feet  wide, 
and  about  90  feet  long.  Its  entrance  junctions  with  the  steps  to  Katie's 


H4  THE  JENOLAN    CAVES. 

Bower.  To  reach  the  Lucinda  Cave  from  the  junction,  the  visitor  passes 
over  a  level  floor,  like  cement,  about  12  feet  in  length.  This  cave  is 
remarkable  for  its  scenic  grandeur.  The  spectator  stands  in  mute  admi- 
ration, and  gazes  upon  the  magnificent  sight  like  one  who  is  spellbound. 
The  beauty  is  Brobdignagian  in  its  proportions.  The  figures  are  all 
colossal.  There  are  immense  stalactites  and  stalagmites  of  every  hue. 
An  enormous  mass  of  formation  droops  from  the  ceiling  to  the  summit 
of  a  stalagmitic  mound  upon  which  it  rests.  It  is  like  a  series  of 
suddenly  congealed  waterfalls,  and  the  groundwork  below  is  gracefully 
rippled  on  the  outer  surface,  and  fringed  with  stalactites.  The  mound 
previously  mentioned  rests  upon  another  of  larger  size,  of  equally 
graceful  contour,  and  besprent  with  brilliants  which  sparkle  like  immense 
diamonds.  To  the  right  is  a  cascade  of  formation  which  has  trickled 
and  solidified  from  rock  to  rock  and  from  ledge  to  ledge  in  graceful 
curves  from  the  roof  to  the  floor. 

Those  who  have  seen  water  arrested  by  congelation  on  an  extensive 
weir,  and  rendered  opaque  by  hoar,  can  form  a  tolerably  correct  idea 
of  the  kind  of  beauty  here  represented  in  stone.  To  the  left  of  the 
frozen  waterfall  is  a  bower  of  sparkling  substances,  and  at  its  extremity 
is  a  recess,  from  the  farthest  visible  point  of  which  can  be  seen  mag- 
nificent clusters  of  stalactites,  of  rich  and  varied  colouring.  This  bower 
is. more  chastely  beautiful  than  any  ever  possessed  by  Oriental  potentate. 
The  walls  on  the  left  side  are  richly  draped  with  sheets  of  formation  of 
uniform  thickness,  hanging  from  the  roof  like  shawls  or  scarves.  This 
mineral  drapery  is  opaque,  striped  and  flecked  with  russet  and  reddish 
brown,  and  edged  with  white  as  pure  as  virgin  snow.  It  is  guarded  by  a 
fence  of  iron  rods  and  galvanised  wire ;  consequently  it  is  impossible  to 
make  a  close  and  minute  examination  of  its  interior,  but  the  general 
effect  is  fascinating.  In  one  of  the  recesses  is  a  terraced  rock  covered 
with  reddish  formation,  like  a  cascade,  which  certainly  is  not  less  beau- 
tiful than  were  the  Pink  Terraces  of  Rotomahana.  A  little  beyond  the 


THE   LUC  IN  DA    CAVE.  115 

cascade  the  same  kind  of  formation  ornaments  a  massive  pillar,  which 
constitutes  one  of  the  principal  features  of  the  cave. 

In  the  foreground  is  a  hall  which  leads  to  an  unexplored  region  below, 
and  the  entrance  to  which  is  guarded  by  a  fence  to  prevent  accidents. 
The  floor  is  curiously  formed  by  a  series  of  basins,  the  rims  of  which 
are  shaped  into  every  variety  of  curve  and  indentation,  running  in  and 
out  like  frilling',  not  with  regular  curved  lines  like  escallops,  but  repre- 
senting in  miniature  the  waterlines  of  a  quiet  harbour  with  large  bays 
and  pretty  inlets  and  creeks  and  reaches,  without  a  single  straight  line. 
The  edges  of  these  basins  are  about  two  inches  in  height,  covered  on 
the  outside  by  sparkling  limestone,  like  delicate  coral,  thickening  to- 
wards the  floor.  Inside  the  formation  is  still  more  beautiful,  with  coralline 
matter  of  the  same  general  character  swelling-  out  to  the  most  graceful 
concavity.  There  is  perfection  in  every  segment,  and  in  every  tiny  cell 
lurks  tremulous  light. 


F    2 


CHAPTER    XIX. 


KATIE'S    BOWER. 

TAKING  a  course  between  the  parallel  fences  of  wire-netting-,  and 
travelling  about  25  yards,  the  Jewel  Casket  is  seen  on  the  western 
side  of  the  cave.  It  extends  about  20  feet  due  south,  and  is  about  two  feet 
six  inches  high  by  about  six  feet  wide.  It  does  not  contain  any  new  type 
of  beauty,  but  rather  represents  a  collection  of  the  most  enchanting- 
cave  splendours.  Even  the  stalactites  and  stalagmites  are  overlaid  with 
ornamentation.  It  is  a  focus  of  dazzling  brilliancy. 

Returning  to  the  junction,  there  is  a  descent  by  steps  south-west  into 
"  Katie's  Bower,"  which  is  the  last  chamber  in  the  left-hand  branch  of 
the  Imperial  Cave.  Forty-three  of  these  steps  are  like  cement,  10  are 
cut  in  the  solid  rock,  and  19  are  of  wood.  On  the  left-hand  side,  at 
the  foot  of  the  staircase,  is  a  hole  70  feet  deep.  To  the  north  of  the 
entrance,  at  the  top  of  the  wooden  steps,  is  a  remarkable  formation 
suggestive  of  a  Chinese  pagoda,  waxy-amber-and-flesh-coloured.  To 
the  left  is  a  beautifully-formed  dome,  with  convexities  of  pure  white, 
sparkling-  all  over  as  though  it  were  studded  with  diamonds  cut  with 
large  facets.  At  the  bottom  of  the  dome  are  numerous  stalactites, 
resting  on  a  curved  rock  coated  with  the  same  material.  It  is  like  a 
richly  bejewelled  throne  with  a  grand  canopy  suspended  from  the  roof 
by  a  large  stalactite.  It  contains  many  hundredweight  of  formation,  and 
is  about  three  yards  from  end  to  end  of  the  curve.  It  is  ornamented 
with  filagree  work  and  stalactites  of  the  most  curious  and  beautiful  kinds, 


MW,1  m 

'-*r.  \  •/' 

'     };  /  »  ^/L1 

(  ^  '«•'/   /r 

/  •  i1''  r  i/J7 


I,; ;  "      ;  \  { I!,1® 


KATIE'S     BOWER. 


KATIE'S   BOWER.  ng 

and  on  the  upper  surface  are  some  handsome  stalagmites.  At  the  rear 
of  this  splendid  canopy,  set  with  precious  stones,  is  a  recess  with  a 
sparkling-  floor. 

Having  descended  some  steps  to  the  south-east,  and  ascended  30 
others  through  a  broken  part  of  the  subterranean  region,  the  visitor  will 
find  much  to  admire  in  Katie's  Bower.  It  is  about  250  feet  long,  5  to 
30  feet  high,  and  from  15  to  25  feet  wide.  Its  direction  is  from  north- 
west to  south-east.  The  north-west  end  is  very  rough,  with  a  rocky  floor. 
The  beauties  of  the  Bower  are  located  to  the  south  and  south-east.  There 
are  on  the  one  side  alabaster  pillars,  on  the  other  is  formation.  Imme- 
diately over  the  arch  is  a  deposit  of  red  clay,  which  has  imparted  a 
rich  colour  to  the  huge  stalactites  which  hang  from  the  roof.  The  light 
of  the  candles  is  flashed  back  by  glittering  crystals.  The  floor,  which 
forms  the  entrance  to  the  Bower,  is  carpeted  with  glistening  alabaster. 
Descending  14  steps  into  the  Bower  there  is  a  fountain  full  of  lime- 
water,  and  a  plate  suitably  inscribed  conveys  the  information  that  Katie's 
Bower  was  discovered  on  the  7th  February,  1881,  by  Jeremiah  Wilson 
(guide),  C.  Webb,  H.  Fulton,  C.  West,  J.  Bright,  E.  Webb,  E.  T.  Webb, 
J.  Thompson,  W.  H.  Webb,  E.  Bowman,  W.  Thompson,  J.  M'Phillamy, 
R.  Thompson,  J.  Webb,  and  S.  Webb.  The  before-mentioned  gentlemen 
were  the  first  to  enter  the  Bower  after  its  discovery.  They  had  rendered 
valuable  assistance  to  the  guide,  and  were  well  rewarded  for  all  their 
trouble  by  the  consciousness  that  they  had  participated  in  opening  to  the 
public  a  new  and  charming  scene  in  this  western  wonderland.  The 
stalactites  and  formation  at  the  mouth  of  the  cave  are  pure  alabaster. 

It  should  be  here  stated  that  this  Bower  was  named  in  honour  of  a 
daughter  of  the  Hon.  E.  Webb,  M.L.C.,  of  Bathurst,  who  at  various  times 
has  interested  himself  in  regard  to  the  caves,  and  sister  of  the  Messrs. 
Webb  whose  names  appear  on  the  tablet,  and  who  supplied  ladders  and 
ropes  to  the  curator,  and  otherwise  assisted  him  in  his  explorations.  It 
is  a  grand  cavern,  with  massive  pillars  and  large  stalactites,  and  elaborate 


120  THE  JENOLAN   CAVES. 

alabaster  structures,  more  remarkable  for  richness  of  detail  than  the  most 
wonderfully-constructed  Oriental  temple.  The  dome  commences  near  the 
roof  with  a  conical  mass  of  brilliant  formation,  from  which  depend  many 
fine  stalactites,  which  rest  on  a  solid  mass,  and  seem  to  hold  it  suspended. 
This  second  mass  of  formation  is  ornamented  with  stalactites  like  frozen 
jets  of  water.  And  so  the  process  is  continued  again  and  again,  until  the 
points  of  the  lowest  stalactites  rest  on  a  white  mass  level  with  gracefully- 
curved  and  coloured  rocks,  which  descend  with  elegant  contours  to  the 
bottom  of  the  Bower.  The  same  kind  of  wonderful  fabrication  is  repeated 
at  the  sides  of  the  principal  figure.  Some  of  the  flooring  is  as  rich  and 
pure  as  that  of  the  Jewel  Casket.  It  is  a  marvel  of  intricate  grandeur, 
and  has  the  advantage  of  having  been  well  preserved.  From  the  alabaster 
stalagmite  in  front,  to  the  most  delicate  lime  drapery  on  the  walls,  there 
is  no  prominent  "  mark  of  the  beast."  The  cads  of  the  period  have  not 
been  permitted  to  perform  their  favourite  ceremony  of  the  laying  on  of 
hands. 

It  would  be  useless  to  speculate  as  to  the  time  the  caves  in  this  branch 
"  took  in  building."  It  defies  all  calculation.  Apparently  the  process  of 
formation  is  finished.  There  is  no  dripping  from  the  stalactites.  There 
may  be,  however,  in  wet  weather;  but  it  seems  as  though  the  creative 
action  had  given  way  to  the  hardening  process.  It  is  suggestive  of  that 
portion  of  "  King  Solomon's  Mines "  in  which  H.  R.  Haggard  has  a 
clever  and  somewhat  caustic  conceit  respecting  stalactitic  growth.  On 
his  way  through  the  enormous  cave  leading  to  Solomon's  Treasure-house, 
he  was  enchanted  with  the  gigantic  pillars,  which  looked  like  ice,  and 
which  sprang  in  lofty  and  yet  delicate  beauty  sheer  to  the  distant  roof. 
"  Others  again,"  he  says,  "  were  in  process  of  formation.  On  the  rock 
floor  there  was  in  these  caves  what  looked  exactly  like  a  broken  column 
in  an  old  Grecian  temple,  whilst  high  above,  depending  from  the  roof, 
the  point  of  a  huge  icicle  could  be  dimly  seen.  And  even  as  we  gazed 
we  could  hear  the  process  going  on,  for  presently  with  a  tiny  splash  a 


KATIE'S    BOWER.  121 

drop  of  water  would  fall  from  the  far-off  icicle  on  to  the  column  below, 
On  some  columns  the  drops  only  fell  once  in  two  or  three  minutes,  and 
in  these  cases  it  would  form  an  interesting-  calculation  to  discover  how 
long-  at  that  rate  of  dripping-  it  would  take  to  form  a  pillar,  say  80  feet 
high  by  10  in  diameter.  That  the  process  was,  in  at  least  one  instance, 
incalculably  slow,  the  following'  instance  will  suffice  to  show.  Cut  on  one 
of  these  pillars,  we  discovered  a  rude  likeness  of  a  mummy,  by  the  head 
of  which  sat  what  appeared  to  be  one  of  the  Egyptian  gods,  doubtless 
the  handiwork  of  some  old-world  labourer  in  the  mine.  This  work  of 
art  was  executed  at  about  the  natural  height  at  which  an  idle  fellow,  be 
he  Phoenician  workman  or  British  cad,  is  in  the  habit  of  trying  to  im- 
mortalise himself  at  the  expense  of  Nature's  masterpieces,  namely,  about 
five  feet  from  the  ground;  yet  at  the  time  that  we  saw  it,  which  must 
have  been  nearly  3,000  years  after  the  date  of  the  execution  of  the 
drawing,  the  column  was  only  eight  feet  high,  and  was  still  in  process 
of  formation,  which  gives  a  rate  of  growth  of  a  foot  to  a  1,000  years, 
or  an  inch  and  a  fraction  to  a  century."  This  is  a  very  good  satire  upon 
the  presumption  of  some  modern  disciples  of  the  illustrious  Cocker.  A 
botanist  may,  by  its  concentric  zones,  tell  the  years  of  an  exogenous 
plant ;  a  bucolic  sage  may  judge  the  age  of  horned  cattle  by  counting 
their  horny  rings ;  but  to  tell  the  aeons  of  a  stalagmite  is  more  difficult 
than  the  accurate  compilation  of  a  feminine  census.  Arithmetical  cal- 
culations on  such  a  subject  would  probably  be  received  with  as  much 
confidence  as  phrenological  evidence  of  the  character  and  habits  indicated 
by  bumps  on  the  head  of  the  Great  Sphinx  at  Ghizeh. 


(       122      ) 


CHAPTER    XX. 


THE   RIGHT-HAND   BRANCH   OF   THE   IMPERIAL   CAVE. 

HAVING   thus   completed    his    inspection  of  the    left-hand  branch 
of  the  Imperial  Cave,  the  visitor  returns  to  the  junction,  passing 
through  all  the  chambers  previously  noticed  in  it  excepting  the  Architect's 
Studio    and    the    Bone    Cave,    and   proceeds    to    explore    the    still    more 
wondrous  and  beautiful  works  in  the  right-hand  branch. 

THE    SUBTERRANEAN    RIVER. 

The  first  object  of  interest  in  the  right-hand  branch  of  the  Imperial 
Cave  is  the  Subterranean  River,  which  runs  at  the  bottom  of  a  fearful 
chasm  about  50  yards  from  the  point  where  the  two  branches  bifurcate. 
After  having  wandered  through  marble  halls  and  crystal  palaces,  and 
bowers  where  "rural  fays  and  fairies  dwell,"  the  course  seems  rather 
gloomy.  But  attention  is  attracted  by  some  curiously-shaped  nodules, 
like  those  found  in  a  part  of  the  Arch  Cave,  and  by  basins  with  thin 
laminated  sides  slightly  corrugated.  These  specimens  reveal  the  secret 
of  the  construction  of  the  pretty  reticulated  mounds,  which  give  such  a 
charming  effect  to  several  of  the  most  regularly  formed  features  of  the 
caves.  To  complete  the  process,  the  sharp  parallel  lines  which  form  a 
succession  of  little  equidistant  ridges  require  only  to  be  smoothed  off  by 
a  gently  flowing  film  of  water,  and  to  receive  a  coat  of  colouring  derived 
from  clay  or  oxide  of  iron.  This  part  of  the  branch,  therefore,  should 
not  be  passed  through  hurriedly,  for  it  is  instructive. 


THE    SUBTERRANEAN  RIVER.  125 

The  road  is  fairly  good,  although  the  arching  is  low.  Those  parts, 
the  narrowness  of  which  formerly  made  progress  difficult,  have  been 
enlarged,  but  a  pretty  natural  bridge  has  been  carefully  preserved.  The 
halt  is  at  the  end  of  a  wire  ladder  bent  over  a  cliff,  which  forms  one 
side  of  an  immense  gulf,  where  perpetual  darkness  broods.  Here  the 
visitor  has  a  more  ungraceful  task  to  perform  than  that  of  the  cursed 
serpent,  for  he  must  recline  face  downwards  and  "progress  backwards" 
until  he  assumes  the  form  of  an  obtuse  angle,  with  one  line  over  the 
precipice.  Then  he  has  to  use  his  legs  pretty  much  as  an  octopus  uses 
its  tentacles,  to  gain  a  footing  on  the  ladder,  which  descends  about 
50  feet  on  the  chasm  side  of  the  angle.  Having  found  the  first  rung 
he  feels  happy,  but  not  sufficiently  hilarious  to  slide  like  a  lamplighter. 
He  grips  the  side  wires  carefully,  takes  heed  to  his  steps,  and  goes 
down  slowly.  When  he  has  descended  a  little  way,  the  dim  candle-lights 
above  appear  to  be  far  distant,  and  when  he  is  20  or  30  steps 
down  they  look  like  glowworms.  The  journey,  however,  is  not  perilous 
to  persons  who  possess  a  fair  share  of  agility  and  nerve.  It  is  frequently 
performed  by  ladies,  of  whom  the  guide  is  specially  careful,  preceding 
them  and  keeping  just  below  them  on  the  ladder.  As  this  is,  perhaps, 
the  most  interesting  of  all  the  cave  sights,  it  is  desirable  that  some  easy 
mode  of  descent  should  be  provided,  such  as  a  skip  like  those  employed 
in  mines,  or  a  lift  made  by  machinery  to  work  as  easily  and  effectively 
as  those  which  ascended  and  descended  at  will  in  the  subterranean 
world  inhabited  by  "  the  coming  race."  It  was,  perhaps,  some  such 
place  as  this  which  suggested  to  Bulwer  Lytton  the  chasm  down  which 
his  nameless  hero  descended  to  the  bottom  of  an  abyss  illuminated  with 
a  diffused  atmospheric  light,  soft  and  silvery  as  from  a  northern  star; 
where  he  found  lakes  and  rivulets  which  seemed  to  have  been  curbed 
into  artificial  banks,  some  of  pure  water,  and  some  which  shone  like 
pools  of  naphtha;  where  the  birds  piped  in  chorus,  and  where  he  made 
the  acquaintance  of  the  An  people  and  the  Gy-ei,  who  moved  through 


126  THE  JENOLAN    CA  VES. 

the  air  without  effort,  who  had  for  servants  automata  always  obedient, 
and  totally  ignorant  of  the  eight-hours  system,  and  whose  religion  had 
these  two  peculiarities  :  "  Firstly,  that  they  all  believed  in  the  creed  they 
professed  ;  and,  secondly,  that  they  all  practised  the  precepts  indicated 
by  the  creed." 

Underground  rivers  appear  to  be  natural  to  limestone  caves.  The 
reason  of  their  existence  is  to  be  found  in  the  fact  that  the  mountains 
in  which  they  are  formed  are,  in  geological  parlance,  "dykes."  They 
must  not  be  confounded  with  old  river  beds,  such  as  are  encountered  by 
miners — where  the  surface  of  the  earth  has  been  raised  by  deposits  of 
alluvium,  or  where  the  geological  condition  of  things  has  been  changed 
by  volcanic  action.  These  cave  rivers  have  all  been  formed  by  water 
finding  the  lowest  attainable  level  in  its  passage  to  the  sea,  and  by  the 
solid  limestone  rocks  which  have  barred  its  direct  course,  and  have  been 
undermined  by  its  subtle  but  persistent  action.  The  fluid,  dammed 
back  by  the  mountains,  has  simply  obeyed  the  laws  of  gravitation  and 
accumulated  .force,  as  evidenced  in  the  trickling  silvery  thread  which 
follows  the  course  of  ant-tracks;  in  the  laughing  rill  which  makes  its 
bed  among  the  pebbles;  in  the  babbling  brook  which  leaps  to  the 
swelling  river;  and  in  the  mighty  torrent  whose  strength  and  velocity 
proclaim  the  majesty  of  hydraulic  power.  In  all  parts  of  the  world 
where  limestone  dykes  and  caves  exist,  it  is  reasonable  to  expect  to 
find  subterranean  rivers.  The  eye  of  the  seer  can  follow  the  water 

drips — 

' '  Down  through  caverns  and  gulfs  profound, 
To  the  dreary  fountain-head 
Of  lakes  and  rivers  underground." 

He  can  see  them  again  when  the  rain  is  done — 

"  On  the  bridge  of  colours  seven, 
Climbing  up  once  more  to  heaven, 
Past  the  setting  sun." 

But  the  underground  rivers  found  in  caves  perform  vagaries  outside 
the  sweet  imaginings  of  the  poet  and  the  prevision  of  the  seer.  Far 


THE    SUBTERRANEAN  RIVER.  127 

from  the  beaten  track  they  turbulently  force  their  way  through  recesses 
and  tunnels  and  pockets  of  the  earth,  before  they  are  again  warmed 
with  sunshine,  and  glow  in  the  harmonious  colours  which  form  the  Bow 
of  Promise. 

The  Rev.  Richard  Taylor,  in  his  "  Te  ika  a  maui,"  refers  to  interest- 
ing caves  near  Mokau  (New  Zealand),  in  some  of  which  bones  of  the 
moa  have  been  discovered.  About  a  mile  from  Pukemapau  he  came 
to  a  limestone  range,  and  entered  a  large  cave  called  Tanaureure.  At 
the  bottom  of  a  chasm  he  found  a  fine  crystal  spring,  about  a  foot  or 
so  deep,  but  appears  not  to  have  been  particularly  inquisitive  as  to 
whence  the  water  came  or  whither  it  went. 

A  little  distance  up  one  of  the  tributaries  of  the  Rewa  River,  in 
Fiji,  is  a  crystal  streamlet  which  flows  on  towards  a  lofty  ridge,  near  to 
which  it  sinks  into  the  earth.  At  the  mouth  of  a  dark  cavern  can  be 
heard  the  roaring.  It  is  a  grand  expansive  excavation,  but 

' '  Dark  as  was  chaos  ere  the  infant  sun 
Was  roll'd  together,  or  had  tried  his  beams 
Athwart  the  gloom  profound." 

The  water  rushes  through  narrow  chasms  as  through  a  race,  collects 
in  a  large  pool,  and  flows  through  a  distant  outlet,  marked  by  a  speck  of 
light,  like  a  tiny  star. 

At  the  Weathercote  Cave,  in  Yorkshire,  a  stream  swallowed  up  by 
a  rocky  mouth  is  thus  described  by  Walter  White  in  his  book  entitled 
"  A  Month  in  Yorkshire  "  : — 

"The  rocks  are  thickly  covered  in  places  with  ferns  and  mosses,  and  are  broken 
up  by  crevices  into  a  diversity  of  forms,  nigged  as  chaos.  A  few  feet  down,  and 
you  see  a  beautiful  crystalline  spring  in  a  cleft  on  the  right,  and  the  water  turning 
the  moss  to  stone  as  it  trickles  down.  A  few  feet  lower,  and  you  pass  under  a 
natural  bridge  formed  by  huge  fallen  blocks.  The  stair  gets  rougher,  twisting 
among  the  big,  damp  lumps  of  limestone,  when  suddenly  your  guide  points  to  the 
fall  at  the  farther  extremity  of  the  chasm.  The  rocks  are  black,  the  place  is 
gloomy,  imparting  thereby  a  surprising  effect  to  the  white  rushing  column  of  water. 
A  beck  running  down  the  hill  finds  its  way  into  a  crevice  in  the  cliffs,  from  which 


128  THE  JENOLAN   CA  VES. 

it  leaps  in  one  great  fall  of  more  than  80  feet,  roaring  loudly.  Look  up :  the  chasm 
is  so  narrow  that  the  trees  and  bushes  overhang  and  meet  overhead ;  and  what 
with  the  subdued  light  and  mixture  of  crags  and  verdure,  and  the  impressive 
aspect  of  the  place  altogether,  you  will  be  lost  in  admiration. 

"  To  descend  lower  seems  scarcely  possible,  but  you  do  get  down,  scrambling 
over  the  big  stones  to  the  very  bottom,  into  the  swirling  shower  of  spray.  Here  a 
deep  recess,  or  chamber,  at  one  side,  about  eight  feet  in  height,  affords  good  standing 
ground,  whence  you  may  see  that  the  water  is  swallowed  up  at  once,  and  disappears 
in  the  heap  of  pebbles  on  which  it  falls." 

In  the  Wombean  Caves,  near  Taralga,  in  this  colony  (New  South 
Wales),  there  is  a  similar  phenomenon.  The  mountain  in  which  the 
caves  are  formed  dams,  at  right  angles,  a  valley  of  considerable  length. 
On  the  one  side  a  creek  flows  into  a  hole  underneath  the  "Wombean 
Church" — a  name  given  to  the  principal  entrance.  This  shallow  hole 
is  filled  with  large  boulders  and  less  bulky  water-worn  stones,  through 
which  the  water  instantly  filters  and  disappears.  The  suction  is  per- 
ceptible if  a  hand  or  foot  be  placed  in  the  basin.  On  the  other  side 
of  the  mountain  the  water,  running  at  a  considerable  distance  below 
the  surface,  can  be  seen  through  an  orifice.  Farther  on,  about  three- 
quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  mountain  side,  the  stream  bubbles  up  like 
a  fountain,  and  reminds  the  visitor  of  antique  pictures  representing  the 
rush  of  water  from  rock-smitten  Horeb. 

The  most  gigantic  of  underground  river  wonders  are  to  be  found 
in  the  Mammoth  Cave  of  Kentucky,  where  the  Echo  River  is  navigable 
for  three-quarters  of  a  mile,  where  the  Roaring  River  raises  its  liquid 
voice,  where  Lake  Lethe  soothes  to  forgetfulness,  and  where  there  is  a 
veritable  Styx  with  a  nineteenth  century  Charon.  But  although  everything 
about  that  cave  is  colossal,  it  cannot  surpass  Jenolan  in  its  deep 
emotional  effects,  or  in  the  admiration  it  evokes.  Indeed,  in  these 
respects  an  American  visitor,  familiar  with  the  Mammoth  Cave,  has 
given  the  palm  to  Jenolan. 

Having  descended  the  5O-feet  ladder,  the  foot  of  which  is  clamped 
to  a  bare  rock,  the  excursionist  watches  the  guide  hopping  gleefully 


THE    SUBTERRANEAN  RIVER.  129 

down,  with  candles  in  one  hand  and  paraphernalia  in  the  other.  He 
then  peers  into  the  darkness  to  find  the  river,  and  is  led  along-  a  gradual 
slope  of  about  ten  feet,  when  he  comes  to  its  margin  without  recognising 
it,  and  would  possibly  soon  be  up  to  his  knees  in  it  if  he  were  not 
warned  by  his  cicerone.  It  is  apparently  motionless,  as  smooth  as  a 
mirror,  and  so  clear  that  at  first  it  is  difficult  to  believe  there  is  any 
water  there  at  all.  You  see  the  sand  and  pebbles  and  rocks  at  the 
bottom,  but  do  not  perceive  the  fluid  which  covers  them. 

The  river  is  about  10  feet  wide,  and  from  12  to  18  inches  deep. 
The  length  visible  is  about  60  yards.  The  overhanging  rocks  range 
from  5  or  6  feet  to  /o  feet  in  height.  From  one  end  of  the  river 
comes  a  sweet  soothing  sound,  made  by  water-friction.  This  proves 
the  existence  of  a  considerable  current,  but  the  fluid  is  so  limpid  and 
smooth  that  the  eye  cannot  detect  its  motion.  It  is  demonstrated, 
however,  in  another  way.  The  curator  cuts  little  sections  of  sperm 
candle,  and,  after  lighting  the  wick,  floats  them  on  the  river,  whereupon 
they  immediately  begin  to  glide  down  the  stream,  the  course  of  which 
is  nearly  south-east.  The  effect  is  extremely  pretty.  Not  only  are  the 
lights  themselves  sharply  mirrored  below,  but  there  is  a  perfect  reflection 
of  the  rocks  above.  Near  the  tunnel  by  which  the  water  emerges  N.N.W. 
is  a  mass  of  overhanging  formation,  duplicated  in  a  natural  mirror.  The 
bed  of  the  watercourse  is  dark,  being  covered  chiefly  with  mud  and 
grit  and  a  few  water-worn  pebbles.  The  rocky  walls  are  of  limestone — 
white  and  black.  Up  the  channel  N.W.,  about  40  yards,  is  a  good 
crossing-place— not  in  old  Charon's  boat,  but  by  means  of  an  ordinary 
deal  piank.  On  the  other  side  of  the  river  is  a  ledge  of  rocks  with 
pebble  drift  concreted  with  a  substance  somewhat  resembling-  the 
cement  in  which  diamonds  are  found,  and  the  pebbles,  although  larger, 
are  of  the  same  shape  and  blackness  as  those  commonly  associated 
with  the  luminous  gems  found  in  their  natural  state  at  Kimberley,  in 
South  Africa,  or  in  the  Tenterfield  district  of  New  South  Wales, 


130  THE  JENOLAN   CA  VES. 

On  turning  the  light  of  the  magnesium  lamp  up  the  river,  its  rocky 
ledges  are  seen  to  be  ornamented  with  stalactites  and  formation  per- 
fectly mirrored  in  the  water,  which  is  about  600  feet  from  the  surface, 
and  about  50  below  the  level  of  the  Cave  House  in  the  centre  of  the 
valley.  Never  had  river  more  romantic  barriers.  Human  imagination 
could  not  conceive  a  freak  of  nature  more  wildly  grand  or  mysteriously 
beautiful.  There  are  large  ornamented  pillars  near  delicately-tinted 
formation,  drooping  from  overhanging  rocks,  like  pensile  boughs  of 
weeping  willow.  Some  of  the  twigs  skim  the  surfa'ce  of  the  stream, 
and  others  are  bathed  in  it.  Beyond  is  a  water-hole  about  40  feet  long, 
and  from  16  to  20  feet  wide.  Because  of  its  wonderful  clearness,  it  is 
difficult  to  judge  of  its  depth ;  but  it  has  been  tested  to  the  extent  of 
five  feet,  and  probably  at  the  extreme  point  where  the  water  flows  from 
the  tunnel  it  may  be  six  or  seven  feet  deep.  The  effect  of  the  brilliant 
light  is  superb.  The  ornamentation  on  the  roof  of  the  tunnel  is  reflected 
and  transposed  in  the  mirror  below,  each  reflected  stalactite  having 
the  appearance  of  a  twin  stalagmite  rising  from  the  river  bed,  which 
may  be  traversed  for  about  150  yards. 

Nearly  six  months  ago  the  caretaker  placed  in  this  river  twenty 
young  carp  from  Bathurst.  Some  of  them  were  enticed  from  their 
cavernous  resting-places  by  the  bright  rays  of  the  lamp,  and  appeared 
to  be  tolerably  vivacious  and  in  fair  condition.  They  seem  to  have  all 
they  require  except  the  solar  rays ;  but  what  is  life  without  sunshine  ! 
They  ought  to  be  scientifically  observed,  for  there  is  a  theory  that  in 
three  generations  of  darkness  they  will  become  blind.  This  has  been 
the  fate  of  the  fishes  in  the  Mammoth  Cave  of  Kentucky,  and  it  is  stated 
that  their  blindness  is  the  result  of  a  law  of  Nature,  which  does  not 
continue  to  supply  organs  or  powers  which  have  ceased  to  be  necessary. 
Dr.  Forwood,  in  his  history  of  the  Mammoth  Cave,  says : — "  The  fishes 
are  of  a  peculiar  species,  and  are  of  a  class  known  as  viviparous,  which 
give  birth  to  their  young  alive,  and  do  not  deposit  eggs  after  the 


THE    SUBTERRANEAN  RIVER.  131 

manner  of  most  other  fishes.  They  have  rudiments  of  eyes,  but  no  optic 
nerve,  and  are,  therefore,  incapable  of  being  affected  by  any  degree 
of  light.  ...  It  has  been  proved  that  these  eyeless  fishes  prey  upon 
each  other.  In  shape  they  somewhat  resemble  the  common  catfish, 
and  rarely  exceed  eight  inches  in  length."  Professor  Silliman  published 
the  following  in  his  "Journal"  for  May  1851  : — "Of  the  fish  there  are  two 
species,  one  of  which  has  been  described  by  Dr.  Wyman  in  the  American 
Journal  of  Science,  and  which  is  entirely  eyeless.  The  second  species  of 
the  fish  is  not  colourless  like  the  first,  and  it  has  external  eyes,  which, 
however,  are  found  to  be  quite  blind.  The  crawfish,  or  small  Crustacea, 
inhabiting  the  rivers  with  fish  are  also  eyeless  and  uncoloured;  but  the 
larger-eyed  and  coloured  crawfish,  which  are  abundant  within  the  caves, 
are  also  common  at  some  seasons  in  the  subterranean  rivers,  and  so 
also,  it  is  said,  the  fish  of  the  Green  River  are  to  be  found  in  times  of 
flood  in  the  rivers  of  the  Caves."  Dr.  Forwood  gives  also  the  following 
quotations,  on  the  authority  of  Professor  Agassiz,  an  eminent  naturalist 
in  the  department  of  ichthyology : — 

"The  blind  fish  of  the  Mammoth  Cave  was  for  the  first  time  described  in  1842 
in  the  'Zoology  of  New  York,'  by  Dr.  Dekay,  part  3rd,  page  187,  under  the  name 
of  '  Amblyopsis  spelaeus,'  and  referred,  with  doubt,  to  the  family  of  '  Siluridae,'  on 
account  of  a  remote  resemblance  to  my  genus  Cetopsis.  Dr.  J.  Wyman  has  pub- 
lished a  more  minute  description  of  it,  with  very  interesting  anatomical  details, 
in  vol.  xlv.  of  the  'American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts,'  1843,  page  94. 

"In  1844,  Dr.  Tellkampf  published  a  more  extended  description,  with  figures, 
in  '  Miiller's  Archiv '  for  1844,  and  mentioned  several  other  animals  found  also  in 
the  Cave,  among  which  the  most  interesting  is  the  crustacean  which  he  calls 
'  Astacus  pellucidus,'  already  mentioned,  but  not  described,  by  Mr.  Thompson, 
President  of  the  Natural  History  Society  of  Belfast.  Both  Thompson  and  Tellkampf 
speak  of  eyes  in  these  species,  but  they  are  mistaken.  I  have  examined  several 
specimens  and  satisfied  myself  that  the  peduncle  of  the  eye  only  exists ;  but  there 
are  no  visible  facets  at  its  extremity,  as  in  other  crawfish. 

"  Mr.  Thompson  mentions,  further,  crickets,  allied  to  '  Phalangopsis  longipes,'  of 
which  Tellkampf  says  that  it  occurs  throughout  the  Cave.  Of  spiders,  Dr.  Tellkampf 
found  two  eyeless,  small  white  species,  which  he  calls  '  Phalangodes  armata '  and 
'  Anthrobia  monmouthia';  flies,  of  the  genus  'Anthomyia';  a  minute  shrimp,  called 
by  him  '  Triura  cavernicola';  and  two  blind  beetles;  '  Anophthalmus  tellkampfiii '  of 


132  THE  JENOLAN    CA  VES. 

Erichson,  and  '  Adelops  hirtus ; '  of  most  of  which  Dr.  Tellkampf  has  published  a 
full  description,  and  figures  in  a  subsequent  paper,  inserted  in  Erichson's  '  Archiv,' 
1844,  p.  318. 

"  The  infusoria  observed  in  the  Cave  resemble  '  Monas  Kolpoda,'  '  Monas  socialis,' 
and  '  Bodo  intestinalis,' — a  new  Chilomonas,  which  he  calls  '  Ch.  emarginata,'  and 
a  species  allied  to  '  Kolpoda  cucullus.' 

"As  already  mentioned,  Dekay  has  referred  the  blind  fish,  with  doubt,  to  the 
family  of  Siluridae.  Dr.  Tellkampf,  however,  establishes  for  it  a  distinct  family. 
Dr.  Storer,  in  his  'Synopsis  of  the  Fishes  of  North  America,'  published  in  1846,  in  the 
'Memoirs  of  the  American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences,'  is  also  of  opinion  that  it 
should  constitute  a  distinct  family,  to  which  he  gives  the  new  name  of  '  Hypsaeidae,' 
page  435.  From  the  circumstance  of  its  being  viviparous,  from  the  character  of  its 
scales,  and  from  the  form  and  structure  of  its  head,  I  am  inclined  to  consider  this 
fish  as  an  aberrant  type  of  my  family  of  Cyprinodonts." 

The  effect  of  long-continued  darkness  upon  visual  organs  has  had 
some  remarkable  illustrations.  At  one  time  an  idea  prevailed  in  America 
that  caves  possessed  certain  curative  properties,  and  afflicted  people 
remained  in  them ;  but  the  absence  of  light  proved  disastrous  to  many. 
It  is  recorded  that  those  patients  "who  remained  in  the  cave  three  or 
four  months  presented  a  frightful  appearance.  The  face  was  entirely 
bloodless,  eyes  sunken,  and  pupils  dilated  to  such  a  degree  that  the 
iris  ceased  to  be  visible,  so  that,  no  matter  what  the  original  colour  of 
the  eye  might  have  been,  it  soon  appeared  black." 

This  subterranean  river  offers  a  fine  opportunity  for  scientific  obser- 
vation well  worthy  to  be  embraced  by  some  Australian  naturalist.  In 
the  vicinity  of  the  river  is  to  be  noticed  one  of  the  few  signs  of  decay 
to  be  found  in  the  caves — a  portion  of  shell  pattern  formation  shows 
evidence  of  mouldering,  and  appears  like  a  mere  skeleton.  When  the 
visitor  has  ascended  the  ladder  and  safely  negotiated  the  angle  at  the 
top,  he  feels  that  he  has  witnessed  the  most  interesting  place  to  be 
found  in  the  western  wonderland;  and  when  he  fishes  for  a  compliment 
to  his  agility,  and  is  reminded  of  the  graceful  forms  that  occasionally 
ascend  and  descend  in  much  better  style,  he  immediately  recalls  a 
Patriarch's  dream,  and  thinks  the  ladder  ought  to  be  named  after  Jacob. 


(     133     ) 


CHAPTER    XXI. 

THE    FOSSIL    BONE    CAVE,    THE    SPARKLING    ROCK,    AND 
THE    CRYSTAL    ROCK. 

ABOUT  20  yards  north  from  the  ladder  to  the  underground  river  is 
the  entrance  to  the  Fossil  Bone  Cave.  Here  is  a  stratum  of  coffee- 
coloured  slatey  substance  in  layers  like  those  of  the  Wianamatta  shale. 
It  is  so  soft  that  a  gentle  touch  is  sufficient  to  pulverise  it.  It  is  slightly 
honeycombed,  and  its  outer  surface  is  covered  with  imitations  of  delicate 
lichens.  In  this  cave  there  is  not  anything  in  the  shape  of  a  stalagmite, 
except  an  empty  brandy  bottle  on  a  little  shelving  rock,  and  that  would 
be  generally  regarded  as  a  bad  substitute.  For  aesthetic  as  well  as  for 
other  reasons,  it  would  be  better  to  keep  such  "  stalagmites  "  out  of  the 
caves.  On  the  top  of  a  large  rock  is  a  mass  of  "washdirt,"  14  inches 
deep,  with  "  headings  "  of  about  the  same  dimensions.  Some  experienced 
diggers  say  they  never  saw  more  promising  stuff.  During  the  yellow  fever 
from  which  so  many  suffered  a  few  years  ago,  companies  were  floated 
on  the  strength  of  "claims"  equally  delusive.  Proverbially,  "auriferous 
ground"  is  deceitful,  and  this  "washdirt,"  which  looks  rich  enough  to 
make  a  prospector's  eyes  sparkle  with  delight,  has  proved  to  be  as 
worthless  as  a  lying  prospectus.  A  portion  of  it  was  washed,  but  did 
not  show  the  colour  of  gold.  It  remains,  however,  an  object  of  interest, 
and  may  serve  to  teach  a  useful  lesson. 

There  are  in  this  cave  solid  limestone  rocks  above  and  below.  The 
roof  is  about  500  feet  beneath  the  surface  of  the  mountain.  In  the  bed 
of  the  cavern  are  many  fossil  bones.  Some  appear  to  be  remains  of 

native  dogs.     In  various  rocks  are  clusters  of  bat  bones.    A  very  notice- 

o 


134  THE  JENOLAN    CAVES. 

able  osseous  object  is  the  vertebra  of  a  bird  with  one  side-bone.  There 
is  no  trace  of  the  other.  There  are  also  many  large  bones,  the  cylindrical 
cavities  of  which  are  filled  up  with  formation.  Some  of  these  bones  are 
deposited  about  eight  feet  from  the  bottom  of  the  cave.  On  one  ledge  is 
a  heap  of  bones,  large  and  small.  Some  of  them  are  very  fine  specimens. 
The  height  of  this  cave  is  about  15  feet,  and  its  breadth  from  8  to  15  feet. 

Travelling  from  the  passage  leading  to  the  Fossil  Bone  Cave  N.N.W. 
about  40  yards,  and  passing  through  a  cutting  N.W.  about  30  yards,  the 
visitor  comes  to  "The  Sparkling  Rock."  A  cutting,  five  feet  by  two  feet, 
forms  the  entrance  to  a  spacious  hall,  where  is  seen  the  Sparkling  Rock, 
large  and  shelving.  The  principal  portion  of  it  is  slightly  coloured,  but 
the  lower  part  is  beautifully  white.  It  is  hung  with  large  stalactites  and 
fleecy  pendants.  Some  of  the  formation  resembles  sheepskins,  with  the 
woolly  side  outwards,  thrown  negligently  over  the  ledges.  From  this 
point  the  course  runs  west  about  30  yards  through  a  hall  from  20  to 
25  feet  high,  and  from  15  to  20  feet  wide,  and  thence  north  about  40  yards 
to  the  Crystal  Rock. 

About  14  yards  west  from  the  Sparkling  Rock,  and  by  a  road  wide 
enough  for  a  coach  and  four,  there  is  a  large  upward  shaft  of  about 
100  feet  to  the  Grotto  Cave,  which,  as  previously  stated,  is  between  the 
Helena  and  the  Lucinda  caves  in  the  left-hand  branch.  Here  the  tourist 
gets  a  good  idea  of  the  way  in  which  the  two  branches  of  the  Imperial 
Cave  are  situated  with  regard  to  each  other.  The  right-hand  branch 
is  the  lower  series.  The  left-hand  branch  is  higher  up  in  the  interior 
of  the  mountain,  and  to  the  south-east,  with  the  exception  of  the  Grotto 
Cave,  which  is  immediately  overhead,  and  about  100  feet  from  the 
Sparkling  Rock. 

On  the  left-hand  side  of  the  passage,  and  about  25  yards  from  the 
Crystal  Rock,  is  a  very  pretty  grotto  of  formation,  with  an  overhanging 
ornamental  mass  like  a  canopy.  Up  above,  about  40  feet,  is  the  opening 
to  an  unexplored  cave,  the  mouth  of  which  is  composed  of  solid  shining 


THE    SPARKLING    ROCK.  135 

rock,  with  white  stalactites.  There  are  also,  round  about,  coloured 
stalactites  varying-  in  length  from  an  inch  to  a  couple  of  feet.  The 
remainder  of  the  passage  is  lofty  and  rugged. 

Not  far  from  the  entrance  to  the  Crystal  Rock  is  the  bottom  of  the 
shaft  down  which  the  curator  was  lowered  from  the  Coral  Cave  (a  sub- 
cavern  of  the  Elder  Cave)  into  the  Imperial,  and  on  the  wall  this 
memorable  event  is  duly  recorded.  Here  we  read : — "  These  caves  were 
discovered  by  Jeremiah  Wilson."  Then  follows  a  list  of  the  names  of 
persons  who  lowered  the  fearless  curator  down  the  black  hole  :  "  Alfred 
Whalan,  Thomas  A.  Gread,  Jeremiah  F.  Cashin,  Joseph  Read,  Nicholas 
Delaney,  Ralph  T.  Wilson,  Thomas  Pearson,  Heinrich  Neilzet,  and 
William  Read."  They  were  named  "  Wilson's  Imperial  Caves "  on 
February  16,  1879.  From  this  spot  the  Sparkling  Rock  is  about  15 
yards  N.N.E.  It  is  about  25  feet  wide  and  about  18  feet  high. 
Stalactitic  formation  descends  from  an  angle  in  the  roof,  and  rests  on 
four  or  five  finely  coloured  terraces  which  glitter  all  over  as  though 
they  were  covered  with  spangles.  To  the  left  of  these  terraces  is  a 
large  basin  with  coral  sides  and  a  rim  composed  of  three  or  four 
layers  of  shell-shaped  pattern  overlapping-  like  fish  scales,  the  rows 
being  a  little  way  apart  from  each  other,  and  the  intervening1  spaces 
filled  with  formation.  The  bottom  of  the  basin  is  covered  with  very 
delicate  ornamentation,  deposited  by  water  which  has  soaked  through 
to  a  lower  level.  In  the  background  is  another  rock,  covered  with 
similar  formation,  fringed  with  stalactites,  and  stalactites  also  descend 
to  it  from  the  roof. 


G  2 


136 


CHAPTER    XXII. 


THE    SHAWL    CAVE. 

A3OUT  30  yards  from  the  Sparkling-  rock  is  the  Shawl  Cave.  It 
is  approached  through  a  passage  from  six  to  eight  feet  high  and 
two  to  four  feet  wide,  containing  numerous  small  but  pretty  grottoes. 
The  Shawl  Cave  is  very  interesting-.  To  the  left  of  the  entrance  is  a 
grotesque  pillar  with  little  domes  of  snowy  whiteness  and  masses  of 
stalactite.  The  cave  is  about  25  feet  long,  15  feet  high,  and  from  12  to 
15  feet  wide.  It  contains  three  magnificent  "shawls."  One  is  14  feet  long, 
1 8  inches  deep,  and  one-sixth  of  an  inch  thick,  and  in  the  blending  of 
colours  represents  tortoise-shell.  The  other  two  are  not  quite  as  large 
as  the  first-mentioned.  They  are  straw-coloured,  varied  with  rich  brown. 
They  hang  at  right  angles  from  the  side  of  a  convex  sloping  roof,  and 
the  colouring  runs  from  end  to  end  in  parallel  lines,  but  the  bands  of 
colour  vary  in  depth.  For  instance,  the  first  piece  of  the  shawl — say 
one  inch  and  a  half  from  the  roof — may  be  pure  white  formation,  of 
lime,  or  carbonate  of  lime  coloured  with  oxide  of  iron  which  gradually 
becomes  paler  and  paler.  The  next  two  inches  may  be  light  yellow, 
spotted  with  brown.  The  next  strip  may  be  fox-colour,  and  so  on,  until 
the  design  is  completed.  For  the  most  part,  the  cave  "  shawls  "  are  of 
uniform  thickness,  like  sheets  of  opaque  glass  slightly  corrugated  trans- 
versely. The  opposite  wall  is  nearly  perpendicular.  At  each  end  of 
the  cave  is  a  grotto.  One  is  low  down  and  gloomy -looking ;  the  other 
lofty,  going  up  into  the  roof  and  full  of  formation,  some  of  which  is 
like  frost  work.  The  stalactites  are  immense.  From  the  further  wall 


THE   SHAWL    CAVE.  137 

are  sloping-  terraces,  gradually  enlarging-  towards  the  base  underneath 
the  hanging-  shawls.  There  are  also  some  remarkable  clumps  of  for- 
mation. One  is  like  a  giant's  foot;  another  resembles  the  skull  of  a 
wolf,  or  of  some  other  animal  related  to  the  canine  tribe. 

About  seven  yards  north  from  the  Shawl  Cave  is  a  cavern  20  feet 
broad,  30  yards  long,  and  from  12  to  14  feet  high,  the  principal  object 
in  which  is  "The  Lady's  Finger."  Under  a  shelving  rock  fringed  with 
stalactites  of  all  the  prevailing  colours,  and  almost  every  variety  of 
shape,  the  "finger"  forms  the  extremity  of  a  stalagmite  about  12  inches 
high,  and  similar  in  figure  to  a  feminine  forearm  in  a  sleeve,  with 
coral  trimmings.  The  forearm  is  white,  and  the  chubby  hand  is  of  a 
waxy-looking-  flesh  colour.  The  thumb  and  the  index  finger  point  up- 
ward. According-  to  the  Talmud,  "man  is  born  with  his  hands  clenched, 
and  dies  with  his  hands  wide  open ; "  in  reference  to  which  one  of  the 
Rabbinical  sages  remarks — "  Entering-  life  he  desires  to  grasp  every- 
thing; leaving-  the  world,  all  that  he  possessed  has  slipped  away." 
This  hand  with  the  lady's  finger,  however,  is  not  grasping,  and  it 
points  upwards.  The  modern  science  of  chiromancy,  according  to  A.  R. 
Craig,  M.A.,  in  his  interesting  book  "Your  Luck  is  in  Your  Hand," 
divides  hands  into  seven  classes :  "  I.  The  hand  elementary,  or  hand 
with  a  large  palm ;  2.  The  hand  necessary,  or  spatulated ;  3.  The  hand 
artistic,  or  conical;  4.  The  useful  or  square  hand;  5.  The  philosophical, 
or  knotted  hand;  6.  The  psychological,  or  pointed  hand;  7.  The  mixed 
hand."  It  would  be  difficult  to  class  the  hand  with  "the  lady's  finger" 
in  any  of  the  foregoing  divisions,  and  it  would  puzzle  one  skilled  in 
palmistry,  and  who  regards  the  human  hand  as  a  mirror  of  the  mind, 
to  use  it  even  in  the  way  phrenologists  use  the  casts  of  bull-necked, 
animal-headed  felons.  The  index  finger  is  long,  the  pollex  (thumb)  is 
short;  the  medius  (middle)  is  wanting,  and  so  are  the  annularis  (ring 
finger)  and  the  auricularis  (little  finger),  "so  named  by  the  Romans 
because  of  its  utility  in  cleansing  the  ear."  The  visitor,  therefore,  must 


138  THE  JE NOLAN   CAVES. 

not  expect  to  find  here  a  hand  like  a  model  of  perfection  on  a  Greek 
statue  ;  but  he  will  see  a  remarkable  alabaster  extremity,  sufficiently 
well  formed  to  be  called  "the  lady's  finger."  The  rocky  bank,  which 
is  coloured  with  several  shades  of  brown,  and  veined  with  formation, 
is  also  flecked  with  white,  like  snow.  At  one  end  of  the  cave  the  view 
closes  with  long-  sparkling  stalactites — those  nearest  being  brown  and 
flesh-coloured.  Behind  them  is  pure  white  formation  which  sets  off  to 
great  advantage  the  beautifully-tinted  stalactites  sparsely  scattered  about 
the  cave.  The  other  end  of  the  cavern  gradually  tones  off  to  sombre 
rocks  of  grey  and  brown. 

At  the  end  of  the  Lady's  Finger  Cave  is  a  charming  grotto,  and, 
above,  the  rocks  are  like  fine  coral  in  various  shades  of  red  and  grey. 
Inside  the  grotto  are  stalagmites  thick  at  the  base  and  with  elegant 
stalactites  resting  on  them.  Some  are  pure  white,  and  others  are 
covered  with  fine  tracery.  In  front  is  a  perfect  stalactite  which  de- 
scends to  within  an  inch  of  a  perfect  stalagmite  just  underneath  it,  and 
aptly  illustrates  the  process  of  their  growth.  On  the  floor  are  pretty 
hillocks  of  somewhat  dismal-looking  matter  which,  on  close  inspection, 
is  seen  to  be  made  of  coralline  figures  and  sparkling  crystal  atoms.  In 
the  foreground  is  a  fine  stalagmite,  fitted  all  over  with  minute  coral. 
This  group,  protected  by  wire  netting,  is  specially  interesting  because 
it  is  unblemished.  All  round  the  approaches  are  little  bunches  of 
stalactites  like  epaulettes. 

After  travelling  west  about  nine  yards,  ascending  five  steps,  and  then 
proceeding  14  yards  north,  the  tourist  arrives  at  a  cave  containing  a 
very  conspicuous  column  called  "Lot's  Wife." 


(     139    ) 


CHAPTER    XXIII. 


LOT'S     WIFE. 

THE  alabaster  pillar  called  "  Lot's  Wife  "  stands  in  solitary  grandeur 
within  a  gloomy  cave.  Its  sombre  surroundings  are  in  harmony 
with  the  tragic  old-world  history  recalled  by  the  central  figure.  The 
nimble  thought  skips  over  ages  and  ages,  and  in  the  "  mind's  eye " 
appear  the  rich  plains  of  Siddim  and  the  flowing  Jordan,  and  the 
fugitives  and  the  lava,  and  the  terrible  climax.  As  the  Biblical  record 
of  the  catastrophe  is  supposed  to  teach  the  folly  of  disobedience  on  the 
part  of  wives,  and  the  perils  of  hankering  after  doubtful  pleasures,  the 
pillar  which  recalls  it  may  be  contemplated  with  advantage  by  newly- 
married  couples,  now  that  the  caves  are  becoming  a  favourite  resort  of 
honeymooners.  Perhaps  in  time  to  come  there  may  be  religious  services 
and  solemnisation  of  matrimony  in  these  fantastic  subterranean  caverns. 
It  is  related  by  Dr.  Forwood,  that  a  romantic  marriage  took  place  in 
the  Gothic  chapel  of  the  Mammoth  Cave  of  Kentucky,  "which  family 
interference  prevented  occurring  on  the  earth."  He  says :  "  The  fair  lady, 
whose  lover  was  opposed  by  her  parents,  in  a  rash  moment  promised 
them  that  she  would  never  marry  her  betrothed  'on  the  face  of  the  earth.' 
Afterwards,  repenting  of  her  promise,  but  being-  unable  to  retract  and 
unwilling  to  violate  it,  she  fulfilled  her  vow  to  her  parents  as  well  as  to 
her  lover  by  marrying  him  '  under  the  earth.'  " 

How  far  the  pillar  in  the  caves  is  like  that  mentioned  in  the  Book  of 
Genesis  it  is  impossible  to  say,  because  the  latter  has  been  neither 
minutely  described  nor  photographed.  Josephus,  the  great  historian  of 


140  THE  JENOLAN   CA  VES. 

the  Wars  and  Antiquities  of  the  Jews,  and  who  was  not  born  until  about 
2,000  years  after  Lot's  departure  from  Sodom,  says  he  saw  it.  His  words 
are :  "  When  Lot  went  away  with  his  two  maiden  daughters — for  those 
who  were  betrothed  to  them  were  above  the  thoughts  of  going1,  and 
deemed  that  God's  words  were  trifling- — God  then  cast  a  thunderbolt 
upon  the  city,  and  set  it  on  fire  with  its  inhabitants.  .  .  But  Lot's  wife 
continually  turning  back  to  view  the  city  as  she  went  from  it,  and  being 
too  nicely  inquisitive  what  would  become  of  it,  although  God  had  for- 
bidden her  to  do  so,  was  changed  into  a  pillar  of  salt."  And,  he  adds, 
"for  I  have  seen  it,  and  it  remains  to  this  day."  It  is  to  be  regretted 
that  he  did  not  describe  the  pillar  itself. 

A  century  later  Irenseus  bore  testimony  to  the  existence  of  the  pillar, 
and  spoke  of  its  lasting  so  long  "with  all  its  members  entire."  This 
would  lead  to  the  inference  that  the  original  pillar  retained  the  shape 
of  a  female  figure.  If  it  did,  then  in  this  respect  there  is  no  similarity 
between  the  Pillar  of  Warning  on  the  Dead  Sea  plain  and  the  pillar  in 
the  Jenolan  Caves.  The  latter  is  a  pretty  round  column,  about  five  feet 
four  inches  high,  rounded  off  irregularly  at  the  top,  and  built  up  in  sections, 
which  show  separate  growths,  like  divisions  in  the  stem  of  a  cabbage- 
tree  palm,  or  the  joints  of  a  bamboo.  It  is  probable,  therefore,  that 
there  is  not  the  slightest  resemblance  between  the  two  pillars.  Bishop 
Patrick  thinks  that  some  of  the  storm  which  overwhelmed  the  Cities  of 
the  Plain  overtook  Lot's  wife,  "  and  falling  upon  her  as  she  stood  staring 
about,  and  minded  not  her  way  or  guide,  suddenly  wrapped  her  body  in 
a  sheet  of  nitro-sulphurous  matter,  which,  congealing  into  a  crust  as  hard 
as  stone,  made  her  appear,  they  say,  as  a  pillar  of  salt,  her  body  being 
candied  in  it." 

It  is  about  3,800  years  since  the  disobedient  "help-meet"  of  the 
Oriental  squatter  was  fixed  like  a  fly  in  amber,  as  a  solemn  warning  to 
recalcitrant  spouses  for  all  time.  Had  the  first  drip  then  fallen  on  to 
the  mound  in  the  Jenolan  Caves  where  now  stands  "  Lot's  Wife  "  ?  Query. 


LOT'S    WIFE.  141 

The  Jenolan  pillar  is  evidently  of  slow  growth.  Each  joint,  which  looks 
something  like  fine  tallow,  may,  as  the  curator  facetiously  puts  it,  repre- 
sent a  century  of  "dripping."  In  this  respect  it  is  unlike  the  historic 
pillar  whose  name  it  bears.  Dr.  Kitto,  in  his  very  interesting  "Daily 
Biblical  Illustrations,"  says  in  reference  to  the  latter :  "  From  the  nature 
of  the  case,  and  from  the  peculiarly  bituminous  and  saline  character  of 
the  locality  through  which  this  phenomenon  was  produced,  we  must  not 
expect  to  discover  many  parallel  instances  which  might  be  quoted  in 
illustration.  Accordingly  we  find  that  the  illustrative  parallels  which  have 
been  diligently  sought  out  by  the  old  commentators  have  rarely  any  real 
bearing  on  the  subject,  being  for  the  most  part  accounts  of  people  frozen 
to  death  and  long-  preserved  in  that  condition  uncorrupted  in  the  Boreal 
regions,  or  else  of  persons  suffocated  and  then  petrified  by  the  mineral 
vapours  of  the  caves  in  which  they  were  hid,  or  otherwise  of  persons 
'  turned  to  stone,'  and  found  generations  after  standing  in  the  postures 
wherein  they  found  their  death.  The  only  instance  we  have  met  with 
which  seems  appropriate,  and  which  rests  on  the  authority  of  a  con- 
temporary of  fair  credit,  is  related  by  Aventinus,  who  states  that  in  his 
time  about  50  country  people,  with  their  cows  and  calves,  were,  in 
Carinthia,  destroyed  by  strong  and  suffocating  saline  exhalations  which 
arose  out  of  the  earth  immediately  upon  an  earthquake  in  1348.  They 
were  by  this  reduced  to  saline  statues  or  pillars,  like  Lot's  wife,  and 
the  historian  tells  us  that  they  had  been  seen  by  himself  and  the 
Chancellor  of  Austria." 

It  was,  perhaps,  some  such  incident  as  this  which  gave  to  Mr.  Haggard 
the  idea  as  to  how  the  Kukuana  people  from  time  immemorial  preserved 
their  royal  dead.  He  first  of  all  described  Twala,  the  last  of  the  Kukuana 
kings,  as  in  a  limestone  cave,  with  his  head  perched  upon  his  knees  and 
his  vertebrae  projecting  a  full  inch  above  the  shrunken  flesh  of  the  neck. 
"Then,"  he  says,  "the  whole  surface  of  the  body  was  covered  by  a  thin 
glassy  film  caused  by  the  dripping  of  lime-water.  The  body  was  being- 


142  THE  JENOLAN   CA  V£S. 

transformed  into  a  stalactite."  The  antecedent  kings  were  ranged  around 
a  table  in  this  wonderful  cave,  and  the  author  continues : — "  A  look  at 
the  white  forms  seated  on  the  stone  bench  that  ran  around  that  ghastly 
board  confirmed  this  view.  They  were  human  forms  indeed,  or  rather 
had  been  human  forms;  now  they  were  stalactites  [stalagmites?].  This 
was  the  way  in  which  the  Kukuana  people  had  from  time  immemorial 
preserved  their  royal  dead.  They  petrified  them.  What  the  exact  system 
was,  if  there  was  any,  beyond  placing-  them  for  a  long  period  of  years 
under  the  drip,  I  never  discovered;  but  there  they  sat,  iced  over  and 
preserved  for  ever  by  the  silicious  fluid.  Anything  more  awe-inspiring 
than  the  spectacle  of  this  long  line  of  departed  royalties,  wrapped  in  a 
shroud  of  ice-like  spar,  through  which  the  features  could  be  dimly 
made  out  (there  were  27  of  them,  the  last  being  Ignosi's  father),  and 
seated  round  that  inhospitable  board,  with  Death  himself  for  a  host,  it 
is  impossible  to  imagine.  That  the  practice  of  thus  preserving  their 
kings  must  have  been  an  ancient  one  is  evident  from  the  number, 
which,  allowing  for  an  average  reign  of  15  years,  would,  supposing  that 
every  king  who  reigned  was  placed  here — an  improbable  thing,  as  some 
are  sure  to  have  perished  in  battle  far  from  home — fix  the  date  of  its 
commencement  at  four  and  a  quarter  centuries  back.  But  the  colossal 
Death  who  sits  at  the  head  of  the  board  is  far  older  than  that,  and, 
unless  I  am  much  mistaken,  owes  his  origin  to  the  same  artist  who 
designed  the  three  colossi.  He  was  hewn  out  of  a  single  stalactite 
[stalagmite  ?],  and,  looked  at  as  a  work  of  art,  was  most  admirably 
conceived  and  executed."  There  is  nothing  suggestive  of  anything  so 
hideous  as  this  in  the  Jenolan  Caves.  "Lot's  wife,"  as  she  appears 
there,  is  as  straight  down  as  a  "  Shaker,"  without  the  slightest  suspicion 
of  artificial  "improvement."  Nor  does  the  pillar  correspond  with  the 
result  of  more  recent  discovery  made  by  an  American  expedition  to  the 
Dead  Sea,  and  in  reference  to  which  Dr.  Kitto  says : — "  The  course  of 
their  survey  could  hardly  fail  to  bring  under  notice  every  marked  object 


LOT'S     WIFE.  143 

upon  either  shore,  and  one  they  did  find,  an  obviously  natural  formation, 
which— or   others    in    former   times   like   it — might   readily  be   taken   by 
persons  unaccustomed  to  weigh  circumstances  with  the  precision  we  are 
now  accustomed  to  exact,  for  the  pillar  of  Lot's  wife.     Among  the  salt 
mountains  of  Usdum  (an  apparent  transposition  of  Sodom),  on  the  west 
side  of  the  kind  of  bay  which  forms  the  southern  extremity  of  the  Dead 
Sea,  the  party  beheld,  to  their  great  astonishment,  while  beating  along 
the  shore,  a  lofty  round  pillar,  standing,  apparently  detached  from   the 
general   mass,   the   head   of  a   deep,  narrow,  and   abrupt   chasm.     They 
landed,  and   proceeded   towards   this  object  over  a  beach  of  soft  slimy 
mud,  encrusted  with  salt,  and  at  a  short  distance  from  the  water,  covered 
with  saline  fragments  and  flakes  of  bitumen.     The   pillar  was  found  to 
be  of  solid  salt,  capped  with  carbonate  of  lime,  cylindrical  in  front  and 
pyramidal  behind."     The  italics  are  the  Doctor's.     It  is  not  novel  to  say 
that   history  repeats   itself;    but   it   is   questionable   whether    among   the 
fashionable   inhabitants   of  the  Cities   of   the    Plain   in   the   days  of  Lot 
the   modern    crinolette  was   a   feminine   artifice   of  that  Worthless  time. 
According  to  the  Koran,  Lot's  wife,  Waila,  was  in  confederacy  with  the 
men  of  Sodom,  and  used  to  give  them  notice  when  any  strangers  came 
to  lodge  with  him  "by  a  sign  of  smoke  by  day  and  of  fire  by  night." 
In  this  regard  the  pillar  at  Jenolan  may  be  regarded  as  a  warning,  and 
not  as  suggestive  of  anything,  except,  perhaps,  the  lesson  conveyed  by 
the  Apocrypha,  in  the  Book  of  Wisdom  x.  7,  where  there  is  a  reference 
to  Lot's  wife,  "  Of  whose  wickedness  even  to  this  day  the  west  land  that 
smoketh   is   a   testimony,   and   plants   bearing   fruits   that  never  come  to 
ripeness ;    and    the    standing    pillar    of   salt   is    a   monument    of    an    un- 
believing   soul."       Is     it    not    a    pity   that   so     beautiful    a    column     in 
the    most    wonderful    caves    ever   made    by    Nature    should    have    been 
associated  with   so   much  that   is   off-colour  ?     True,  it   is   itself  a  little 
crooked   and   irregular,    but   these    characteristics    are   accounted   for   by 
its  peculiar  formation.     It  has    not   been   produced   in  the  ordinary  way 


144  THE  JENOLAN   CA  V£S. 

by  drippings  from  one  stalactite,  but,  contrary  to  rule,  owes  its  origin 
and  development  to  two  small  stalactites  in  the  roof.  Consequently, 
its  growth  has  been  continually  warped.  It  is,  however,  a  beautiful 
feature  of  the  Imperial  Cave,  and  may  teach  many  useful  lessons  to 
persons  of  observation  and  nous. 


(     147     ) 


CHAPTER    XXIV. 


THE   CRYSTAL  CITIES— THE   SHOW-ROOM   AND   THE   GRAND 

STALACTITES. 

FROM  "Lot's  Wife"  to  "The  Crystal  Cities"  is  about  20  yards 
north,  throug-h  a  hall  from  9  to  15  feet  high.  On  the  right- 
hand  side  is  a  concrete  wall,  which  rises  about  12  inches  from  the  floor, 
to  protect  the  "Cities"  from  dust  raised  by  the  tramping-  of  feet.  At 
the  end  of  this  concrete  wall  is  a  descent  of  two  steps,  which  brings 
visitors  in  full  view  of  the  exquisitely  beautiful  cave,  in  which  there  is  a 
group  of  dazzling-  Lilliputian  cities,  whose  buildings  are  of  crystallized 
lime.  The  streets  appear  to  be  thronged  with  minute  figures 

" no  bigger  than  an  agate  stone 

On  the  forefinger  of  an  alderman." 

The  sight  recalls  the  Man  Mountain  and  the  wonderful  Land  of 
Lilliput,  upon  which  Lemuel  Gulliver  was  cast,  where  cavalry  exercised 
on  the  palm  of  his  hand,  and  infantry  marched  24  abreast  between 
his  legs,  which  were  stretched  out  like  those  of  a  colossus.  Imagina- 
tion can  supply  the  Palace  of  Belfaborac  in  the  metropolis  of  Lilliput, 
surrounded  by  myriads  of  tiny  statuettes,  representing  the  kingdom  in 
which  raged  no  less  than  six  rebellions,  excited  by  an  imperial  decree 
that  eggs  should  be  broken  only  at  the  smaller  end,  whereas  it  had 
been  from  time  immemorial  an  article  of  faith  that  they  should  be 
broken  only  at  the  larger  end,  and  notwithstanding  that  their  book  of 
faith  and  morals  required  only  that  all  true  believers  should  break 
their  eggs  at  the  "convenient  end."  There  is  no  evidence  in  these 
crystal  cities,  however,  of  any  rival  factions  corresponding  to  the  "Big- 


148  THE  JENOLAN    CAVES. 

endians  "  and  the  "  Little-endians  "  of  Lilliput.  The  figures  are  crowded 
together  like  masses  of  people  before  a  hustings  or  at  a  cricket  match, 
and  the  effect  is  passing1  strang-e.  They  have  been  formed  by  water 
which  has  been  retained  for  a  time  in  natural  basins  and  then  gradually 
percolated  through  the  floor,  possibly  to  enter  into  the  composition  of 
crystal  cities  in  other  sparkling  caves.  In  this  respect  they  resemble 
the  basins  previously  described.  The  crystallization  formed  in  still 
water,  or  in  water  which  moves  only  downwards,  passing  slowly  through 
the  floor  as  through  a  dripstone,  is  always  characterized  by  extreme 
delicacy  and  elaboration.  The  contrast  between  the  "  Lot's  Wife  "  crypt 
and  this  is  as  great  as  the  distinction  between  the  Dead  Sea  and  the 
Garden  of  Eden ;  between  Gustave  Dora's  illustrations  of  Purgatory  and 
Paradise;  between  Milton's  L' Allegro  and  his  II  Penseroso;  between 
the  Pink  and  White  Terraces  which  until  recently  were  the  delight  of 
New  Zealand  tourists,  and  the  eruptive  mask  of  scoria  which  now  covers 
their  charms. 

In  this  remarkable  cave  several  distinctive  features  are  presented. 
The  central  horizontal  line  is  well  defined  by  an  overhanging  ledge, 
from  which  hang  some  splendid  stalactites.  Several  of  them  are  of 
extraordinarily  large  size,  elegant  form,  and  delicate  colour.  One,  of 
pure  white,  on  the  left-hand  side  of  the  cave,  rests  on  the  head  of  a 
sturdy  stalagmite  which  has  grown  from  the  middle  of  a  mass  of  rocks, 
sloping  down  to  the  base.  A  little  to  the  right  are  two  twin  stalactites, 
caricatures  of  the  stretched  out  scraggy  legs  of  some  very-long-cold- 
and-hungry  man,  and  the  most  prominent  central  figures  of  the  ledge 
are  two  conical  pieces  tapering  off  to  fine  points,  like  mammoth  icicles. 
Above  this  ledge  the  formation  of  lime  on  the  dark  rugged  wall  and 
roof  resembles  fleecy  clouds  in  an  angry  sky.  Below,  running  back 
into  the  mountain,  are  the  Crystal  Cities,  fenced  in  with  corrugated 
sparkling  walls  coped  with  shell-formation.  A  little  beyond  is  another 
wall  of  a  similar  kind,  also  gracefully  curved  in  obedience  to  natural 


THE    CRYSTAL    CITIES.  149 

laws,  for  Nature  loves  curves  and  wages  perpetual  war  against  straight 
lines.  In  the  distance  are  five  or  six  other  mural  divisions.  The 
central  one  is  gracefully  bent  like  the  letter  S,  but  not  quite  so  much 
rounded  at  the  ends.  Between  the  outer  wall  and  the  rest  is  an  open 
pear-shaped  space,  in  which  are  four  small  domes  and  two  conspicuous 
figures.  The  principal  of  these  is  "The  Queen's  Statue,"  a  pleasing 
stalagmitic  form  of  pure  alabaster,  about  20  inches  in  height,  and 
standing  on  a  pedestal  of  white,  shading  off  to  brown.  It  does  not 
require  much  imaginative  power  to  see  in  this  image  a  representation 
of  some  royal  personage  clad  in  ermine  robes.  The  proportions  are 
good,  and  the  pose  is  exceedingly  graceful.  Near  to  the  Queen's 
Statue  is  another  notable  stalagmitic  object,  formed  in  three  sections, 
indicating  periods  of  rest  between.  First  there  is  a  foundation  of 
white  limestone  formation.  Then  there  is  a  columnar  growth  of  a  few 
inches,  with  a  distinct  joint  between  it  and  the  base.  Superposed  is 
a  dome-shaped  summit,  not  unlike  the  back  of  a  human  head  of  that 
kind  which  phrenologists  call  "  intellectual ; "  and  between  this  and  the 
lower  portion  is  another  well-defined  joint  at  the  nape  of  the  neck. 
It  is  peculiar,  but  not  regal,  in  appearance.  The  topographical  aspect 
of  the  Crystal  Cities  is  something  like  that  presented  by  a  bird's- 
eye  view  of  a  piece  of  country,  in  which  everything  is  much  fore- 
shortened, as  in  the  case  of  the  Katoomba  Colliery  and  mining  town- 
ship in  the  depths  of  the  Kunimbla  valley,  when  seen  from  a  cliff 
1,000  feet  overhead.  Giant  eucalypti  are  dwarfed  to  the  proportions 
of  pot  plants.  Tall  tree  ferns  resemble  starfish.  Stalwart  workmen 
are  reduced  to  pigmies,  and  the  railway  seems  like  the  double  line 
at  the  foot  of  an  account  in  a  ledger.  The  various  walls  in  the  cave 
are  supposed  to  encompass  separate  cities.  The  old  English  idea  of 
a  "city"  is  an  incorporated  place,  with  a  cathedral  and  a  bishop.  In 
America  all  incorporated  towns  with  a  mayor  and  aldermen  are  spoken 
of  as  cities.  But  modern  cities  are  not  walled  like  those  in  the  caves. 


150  THE  JENOLAN    CA  VES. 

The  latter  accord  more  with  ancient  cities  which  were  intramural. 
For  "cities"  are  ancient.  Cain  built  one.  Walled  cities  were  numer- 
ous in  the  land  of  Canaan.  But  from  the  Cities  of  the  Plain  to  the 
Apocalyptic  City  of  Gold,  with  foundations  garnished  with  all  manner 
of  precious  stones,  it  would  be  difficult  to  imagine  anything-  more 
brilliant  and  sparkling-  than  the  Crystal  Cities  of  the  Jenolan  Caves. 

Passing-  from  the  Crystal  Cities  to  "  The  Show-room,"  about  20  yards 
north,  several  charming-  features  present  themselves  for  admiration, 
among1  which  are  conspicuous  a  glittering-  cascade,  terraces  of  warm 
brown  colour,  reticulated ;  and  also  a  pure  white,  delicately-made 
shawl  hanging  from  the  roof.  The  height  of  the  crypt  is  about  four  feet, 
and  its  breadth  12  feet.  The  floor  is  mitred  at  the  side,  and  between 
the  shell  borders  are  little  forests  of  figures.  Some  elegant  Doric 
shafts  extend  from  the  floor  to  the  roof,  which  is  adorned  by  many 
sparkling  stalactites.  The  Show-room  itself  is  a  marvel  of  beauty.  Its 
name  indicates  that  it  is  a  place  of  splendid  exhibits,  and  it  is  appro- 
priate. The  cavern  is  12  feet  high,  12  feet  wide,  and  about  40  yards 
long.  Some  of  its  principal  features  are  remarkable  for  their  elegance, 
and  the  most  striking  figure  is  distinguished  by  classic  grace.  It  is  a 
stalactite  of  purest  white,  seven  or  eight  feet  long,  and  from  a  little 
distance  seems  as  smooth  and  round  as  though  it  had  been  turned  in 
a  lathe.  It  tapers  very  gradually,  and  its  termination,  which  is  thickened 
a  little,  rests  on  a  stalagmite  equally  symmetrical,  but  formed  in  sections, 
each  layer — of  which  there  are  about  a  dozen — indicating  separate 
periods  of  formation  and  times  of  rest.  This  peculiar  stalagmite  stands 
on  a  dome  marked  by  similar  lights  and  shades.  It  is  the  centre 
of  many  varieties  of  cave  ornamentation.  For  the  most  part  the 
stalagmites  are  dumpy  and  poor,  but  there  are  numerous  shelving 
platforms  hung  round  with  gorgeous  stalactites,  and  above  them  are 
pieces  of  intricate  formation,  both  floral  and  coral,  of  different  classes 
of  excellence.  There  are  magic  haunts  and  silent  chambers  with 


THE     SHOW-ROOM 


THE  SHOW-ROOM.  153 

coruscations  like  twinkling-  stars  on  a  "  moon-deserted  night."      Nature 
has  cast  over  the  whole  of  this  cave  a  spell  of  exquisite  beauty. 

Near  to  the  Show-room  is  the  cave  of  "The  Grand  Stalactites." 
It  is  only  about  10  feet  by  13  feet,  but  its  massive  grandeur  is  so 
impressive  that  the  pleasure  it  produces  is  "akin  to  pain."  Some 
of  the  stalagmites  are  enormous.  Their  summit  is  lost  in  the  masses 
of  huge  stalactites  which  depend  from  the  roof,  and  they  rest  on  beau- 
tiful brown  terraces  and  mounds,  covered  with  scintillating  reticulation. 
The  elephantine  stalagmites,  like  the  stalactites  which  hang  between 
and  about  them,  and  in  several  instances  descend  nearly  to  their 
base,  are  of  dazzling  whiteness.  The  massive  pillars  are  so  close 
together  that  the  intervening  spaces  look  like  columns  of  jet,  and  thus 
we  have  "buttress  and  buttress  alternately  framed  of  ebon  and  ivory." 
The  majesty  of  this  cave  haunts  you.  When  the  magnesium  lamp 
is  extinguished  and  thick  darkness  once  more  casts  its  veil  over  the 
magnificent  scene,  the  vision  of  beauty  dwells  in  the  mind  like  a 
memory  which  stirs  the  depths  of  the  soul. 


(     154     ) 


CHAPTER    XXV. 


THE   FAIRIES'   BOWER. 

A  FEW    paces    only    from    "  The    Show-room "    is    "  The    Fairies' 
Bower,"  rich  in  grotesque  lines  and  mystic  crypts,   in  the  purity 
of  the    formation    which    decorates    it,    and    in    delicacy    of   tints    and 
shades.       In   the   midst   is   a   peculiarly-shaped    stalactitic   pillar    resting 
on  a  dome,   and  which  may  be  regarded  as  the    Pixies'    trysting--place. 
Then  there  are  the   "Diamond  Walls,"  covered  with  millions  of  gems, 
each  of  which,  as   it   flashes  through  the  gloom,   sparkles   like    "a  rich 
jewel   in    an    Ethiop's    ear,"    or,   like    the   very   obtrusive    French   paste 
"drops"  which,  on  her  "Sunday  out,"  light  up  the  auricular  organs  of 
Mary  Jane.      It   is   noticeable   that   the  walls   are   not   of  the   formation 
which  is  diamantiferous.      There  is  nothing  suggestive  of  the  diamond 
beds  on  the  banks  of  the  Ganges,  the   gem  mines  of  Brazil,   the  rich 
fields  of  South  Africa,  or  even   the   more   recently-discovered  diamond- 
bearing  districts  of  Bingera,   Mudgee,  or  New  England,   in  New  South 
Wales.     There   is   not  any  gravel-drift,  and  the  reflected  light  displays 
neither   diamantine   lustre   nor  play  of  colours;    but,  nevertheless,  there 
is  great  brilliancy.     It  suggests,  however,  not  so  much  the  glories  of  the 
Koh-i-noor   or  the   splendours   of    the   Orloff,   in    the    Russian    Imperial 
sceptre,  as  the  glitter  of  spangles  on  the  dress  of  the  acrobat. 

THE    SELINA    CAVE. 

North-west  from  the  diamond  walls  is  a  gallery  to  the  Selina  Cave. 
Midway,  or  about  20  yards  from  the  junction  at  the  diamond  walls,  is 
"  Cook's  Grotto,"  named  after  Mr.  Samuel  Cook,  of  Marrickville.  It  is 


THE    SELINA    CAVE.  155 

a  lovely  nook,  with  stalactites  of  rare  purity  and  beauty.  This  grotto  is 
about  five  feet  high  and  from  2  to  10  feet  wide.  In  front  is  a  conical 
sloping-  rock  with  a  waxy-looking  reticulated  surface  ;  and  the  grotto 
itself  is  filled  with  stalactites  as  white  as  the  foam  of  an  ocean  billow 
dashed  upon  the  rocks  of  an  iron-bound  coast.  Between  two  of  the 
principal  stalactites  is  a  fine  "shawl"  or  "scarf,"  made  of  the  purest 
meerschaum.  Over  the  Grotto  is  some  pretty  formation,  and  round  about 
are  many  coloured  stalactites,  which  make  a  striking  contrast.  To  the 
left  is  a  splendid  alabaster  stalagmite,  semi-transparent,  like  camphor, 
and  the  little  stalactites  above,  from  which  it  has  been  formed,  are  of 
similar  character,  being  slightly  opalescent,  and  without  any  stellar 
reflection  of  light. 

The  Selina  Cave,  30  yards  north  of  Cook's  Grotto,  is  about  20  feet 
high,  20  yards  long,  and  25  feet  wide.  It  is  named  in  honour  of  the  wife 
of  the  Hon.  E.  B.  Webb,  M.L.C.,  of  Bathurst,  and  in  recognition  of  the 
interest  in  the  caves  taken  by  the  Webb  family  from  time  to  time.  The 
walls  are  heavily  laden  with  ornament.  There  is  on  the  right  hand  side 
a  lavish  supply  of  variously-coloured  stalactites.  A  large  mass  of  forma- 
tion has  flowed  from  the  fore  part  of  the  ceiling  to  the  left,  and  assumed 
all  sorts  of  graceful  and  fantastic  shapes,  until  it  reaches  a  shell  pattern 
composite  dwarf  wall  on  the  floor,  about  a  foot  thick  at  the  base,  and 
thinning  off  to  about  an  inch  at  the  top.  The  best  of  the  stalactites  are 
objects  of  great  curiosity  on  account  of  the  peculiar  way  in  which  they 
are  embellished  by  small  gnarled  and  twisted  projections,  and  pro- 
tuberances like  miniature  stalactitic  Protea  in  every  conceivable  kind  of 
tortuosity.  In  front  of  the  cave  is  a  magnificent  stalagmite  called  "  Lot." 
It  is  about  1 8  feet  high  and  two  feet  in  diameter,  and  may  be  supposed 
to  represent  the  Patriarch  after  his  capture  by  the  confederate  monarchs 
who  made  war  against  the  Kings  of  the  Cities  of  the  Plain.  It  is  rather 
large,  but  then  it  is  recorded—"  there  were  giants  in  those  days."  It  is 
not  on  record  why  this  particular  column  is  called  "  Lot."  Perhaps  it  was 

H  2 


156  THE  JENOLAN   CA  VES. 

thought  that  the  briny  tears  shed  by  the  son  of  Haran  on  account  of  the 
loss  of  his  wife  would  be  sufficient  to  make  a  second  pillar  of  salt  of 
similar  dimensions.  The  roof  opening-  into  the  cave  is  adorned  with 
stalactites,  and  on  the  floor  there  are  besides  "Lot"  two  other  remark- 
able stalagmites,  which  may  be  taken  to  represent  members  of  his 
family.  In  shape  they  are  probably  quite  as  representative  as  Noachian 
figures  of  Mesdames  Shem,  Ham,  and  Japhet,  that  give  variety  to  the 
contents  of  those  wonderful  arks  which  are  supposed  to  convey  to  the 
juvenile  mind  the  principal  incidents  associated  with  the  Deluge.  The 
roof  opening  into  the  cave  is  adorned  with  splendid  stalactites,  and 
among  these  is  a  beautiful  white  "shawl."  The  floor  is  composed 
partly  of  handsome  basins,  on  the  bottom  and  sides  of  which  is 
elegant  crystallization.  In  one  corner  of  the  roof  some  rich  colouring 
sets  off  pure  snowflakes  done  in  lime.  Among  the  stalactites  and 
stalagmites  are  some  exceedingly  grotesque  figures.  There  is  also  a 
little  tablet,  "  Selina  Cave,  Feb.  7,  1881." 


THE    MYSTERY. 

From  the  "Selina  Cave"  to  "The  Mystery"  is  about  25  yards  north. 
In  the  gallery  leading  to  this  wondrous  cavern  may  be  noticed  a  number 
of  small  testaceous  shells  resembling  those  of  cockles,  embedded  in  the 
walls.  The  cave  itself  is  rightly  named,  because  of  the  wonder  it  excites 
by  its  sublimity.  The  spectator  is  first  fascinated  by  its  magnificence, 
and  then  puzzled  to  account  for  the  many  peculiarities  and  eccentricities 
of  form  which  present  themselves.  It  is  an  enigma.  Some  of  the  con- 
formations appear  more  like  the  expression  of  vagrant  fancies  than  the 
result  of  inanimate  natural  forces.  Florid  stalactites  and  floriferous  rocks 
have  become  almost  commonplace  objects,  and  the  visitor  by  this  time 
is  nearly  satiated  with  limestone  beauty;  but  here  he  finds  new  marvels 
written  in  mystic  characters,  which  can  be  deciphered  only  by  long  and 


THE     MYSTERY. 


NELLIE'S    GROTTO.  161 

patient  study.  The  cavern  is  about  12  feet  high,  from  8  to  20  feet  wide, 
and  about  20  yards  in  length.  It  consists  of  two  parts.  On  one  side  is 
an  immense  mass  of  delicate  white  and  rich  cream-coloured  formation, 
with  numerous  giant  stalactites,  which  in  purity  rival  virgin  snow.  Smaller 
stalactites  in  great  profusion,  are  of  the  most  perfect  whiteness.  But  in 
the  midst  of  the  masses  of  formation  are  most  wonderfully-contorted  tubes 
and  threads  and  thousands  of  fine  lines,  some  like  hairs  and  others  like 
spun  glass.  There  is  filagree  work  of  the  most  recherche  kind.  Some 
of  the  threads  are  as  fine  as  the  filaments  of  a  spider's  web,  but  twisted 
and  turned  in  a  more  subtle  manner.  Some  of  the  stalactites  are 
decorated  in  the  same  mysterious  way,  their  hirsute  covering  being 
partly  pellucid  and  partly  opaque.  On  the  other  side  of  the  cave  is  a 
similar  wonder,  which  still  further  illustrates  the  mysterious  operations 
of  nature,  and  shows  with  what  affluence  she  can  adorn,  and  how  fertile 
are  her  resources. 

NELLIE'S    GROTTO. 

About  10  yards  north-west  from  "The  Mystery"  is  "Nellie's  Grotto,'' 
named  in  honour  of  Mrs.  Carruthers,  of  Sydney,  who  visited  the  cave 
shortly  after  its  discovery.  This  grotto  varies  from  one  to  five  feet  in 
height,  and  is  about  20  feet  from  end  to  end.  Its  beauty  is  bold  and 
striking.  Its  chief  features  are  taken  in  at  a  glance,  and  its  general 
effect  is  unique.  In  the  foreground  on  the  right  hand  side  is  a  pillar 
of  great  thickness  and  apparent  strength,  standing  on  a  gracefully  waved 
and  rippled  mound.  About  half  of  this  column  is  stalagmitic,  and  was 
formed  at  different  rates  of  speed,  as  may  be  noticed  from  its  uneven 
bulk  and  the  shape  of  the  sections  which  enlarge  upwards.  Each 
succeeding  portion  belongs  to  a  separate  epoch  commencing  on  a 
smaller  circumference,  until  it  imitates  in  shape  its  predecessor;  and 
then  the  process  is  again  repeated.  The  stalagmitic  part  of  the  pillar 
ends  at  about  the  centre  of  the  column,  and  is  out  of  the  perpendicular, 


162  THE  JENOLAN   CAVES. 

like  the  leaning-  tower  of  Pisa.  From  the  shape  of  the  upper  section, 
it  seems  as  though  three  or  four  stalactites  of  about  equal  thickness, 
but  of  various  lengths,  had  been  closely  cemented  together.  Altogether 
this  pillar  is  a  very  bold  and  beautiful  object.  At  the  other  end  of 
the  grotto  are  two  columns  composed  in  a  somewhat  similar  manner, 
but  of  much  smaller  dimensions.  They  also  rest  on  blocks  of  formation, 
and  are  surrounded  by  a  number  of  splendid  stalactites,  some  of  which 
descend  halfway  and  others  to  the  base.  Between  these  two  extremities, 
there  are  on  the  floor  about  a  dozen  little  cones  of  white  matter  like 
sugar-loaves,  but  not  so  smooth.  On  four  of  them  rest  the  points  of 
magnificent  tapering  stalactites,  straight  from  the  roof  of  the  grotto, 
and  in  a  line  with  these  and  the  two  extreme  columns  are  stalactites 
of  various  lengths,  some  plain  and  some  richly  ornamented.  The 
interior  of  the  grotto  is  also  enriched  with  similar  kinds  of  beauty.  A 
little  distance  away  to  the  left  is  to  be  seen  on  another  bold  rocky 
ledge  a  second  series  of  small  stalactites,  suggestive  of  the  commence- 
ment of  another  grotto  similar  to  that  which  now  wins  so  much  admira- 
tion. There  is  also  a  very  remarkable  stalagmitic  formation  which 
resembles  a  wax  candle  burning  before  a  shrine  of  Purity.  It  is  with 
reluctance  that  the  tourist  turns  from  this  lovely  grotto  and  wends  his 
way  towards  "  The  Vestry."  He  feels  as  though  he  could  hardly  refrain 
from  taking  a  last  fond  look,  even  though  he  should  run  the  risk  of 
being  converted  into  a  limestone  pillar. 


163 


CHAPTER    XXVI. 


THE    VESTRY,    THE    JEWEL    CASKET,   THE    BRIDAL    VEIL,    AND 
THE    FLOWERING    COLUMN. 

A5OUT  25  yards  north  of  Nellie's  Grotto  is  "The  Vestry,"  a  cavern 
about  12  feet  high,  8  feet  wide,  and  20  feet  in  length.  It  is 
called  The  Vestry,  because  of  its  propinquity  to  some  very  fine  cathedral- 
like  architecture,  and  not  because  any  minister  requires  it  to  robe 
himself  in,  or  because  it  is  used  for  the  meetings  of  any  parochial 
assembly.  This  Vestry  runs  east  and  west,  and  there  is  here  a  large 
area  of  unexplored  caves.  Indeed,  it  may  be  said  that  there  are  in 
almost  every  part  of  the  mountain  openings  which  indicate  the  possi- 
bility of  the  existence  of  new  and  lovely  caverns.  It  is  also  probable 
that  in  process  of  time  it  will  be  found  that  all  the  principal  chambers 
are  connected  by  passages  which  by  a  little  enlargement  may  make 
intercavernous  communication  complete  between  all  the  best  known 
caves.  That  this  is  likely  may  be  gathered  from  an  incident  which 
occurred  a  few  months  ago.  There  were  then  at  the  Cave  House  four 
black  cats,  slightly  marked  with  white.  On  being  petted,  the  playful 
animals  would  not  only  purr  their  thanks,  but  also  follow  like  dogs. 
One  day  the  most  venturesome  of  them  went  with  a  party  into  the 
Lucas  Cave,  and  travelled  with  them  a  considerable  distance  before  it 
was  missed,  and  then  it  was  thought  that  it  had  returned  to  the  day- 
light. In  the  evening,  however,  it  was  not  in  its  accustomed  place 
on  the  hearthrug,  and  aoout  the  middle  of  the  following  day  it  was 
discovered  in  the  Imperial  Cave  on  the  other  side  of  the  Grand  Arch ! 


164  THE  JENOLAN    CAVES. 

The  attention  of  the  party  was  attracted  by  the  doleful  cries  of  the 
animal,  which  had  by  that  time  realised  the  fact  that  it  had  lost  itself 
in  a  dang-erous  place.  Some  doubt  might  have  existed  as  to  the  identity 
of  the  cat  found  in  the  Imperial  with  that  lost  in  the  Lucas  Cave,  had 
it  not  been  that  with  the  party  that  took  it  in  were  two  boys,  who  had 
carried  it  now  and  then,  and  permitted  its  extremities  once  or  twice 
to  come  in  contact  with  their  lighted  tapers.  They  were  able  to  identify 
it  by  "  the  drips  of  sperm  on  its  back,  its  burnt  whisker,  and  the  singe 
on  the  tip  of  its  tail ! "  Thus  a  very  interesting  fact  was  established 
which  but  for  the  accidental  brandings  would  have  been  doubtful.  The 
visitor  returns  to  the  Fairies'  Bower  and  the  Grand  Stalactites  junction; 
and  about  20  yards  north-west  from  the  junction  he  arrives  at  the 
Crystal  Palace,  which  is  fenced  in  by  wire-netting-  in  order  to  protect 
its  marvellous  grandeur  from  that  class  of  sightseers  who  appear  to  be 
unable  to  look  at  anything  except  they  can  place  their  unwashed  paws 
upon  it — in  which  case  impressions  are  mutual. 

There  are  three  distinct  types  of  beauty  in  this  Palace — the  simple, 
the  compound,  and  the  elaborately  complex.  The  simple  forms  are 
extremely  massive.  To  call  them  "pretty"  would  be  to  convey  an 
entirely  erroneous  idea  of  their  quality.  The  stalagmitic  features  are 
immense.  One  of  them  is  a  gigantic  pillar,  built  up  in  sections  from 
an  enormous  basement  on  a  rocky  mound,  over  which  it  has  flowed 
like  milk-white  lava.  About  a  foot  or  so  above  the  crest  of  the  rock 
it  is  several  feet  thick,  and  at  one  time  its  upper  surface  formed  a  disc 
or  table.  On  this  flat  top  was  gradually  formed  another  white  mass 
of  somewhat  smaller  proportions,  tapering-  towards  the  top,  or  second 
platform,  from  which  rises  another  stalagmitic  section,  expanding  from 
the  base,  and  this  process  is  repeated  to  the  very  summit,  so  that  the 
beautiful  white  pillar  has  a  serrated  appearance.  For  unsullied  whiteness 
and  peculiarity  of  structure  it  will  bear  favourable  comparison  with  the 
most  remarkable  pillars  in  the  cave.  Near  to  it  is  another  pyramidal- 


THE    CRYSTAL    PALACE.  165 

shaped  mass  of  even  greater  bulk,  which  tapers  as  it  rises  towards  the 
stalactitic  formation,  and  harmonises  with  it  in  grandeur. 

From  the  right  hand  side  of  the  base  another  and  smaller  stalagmite 
rears  its  head,  and  immediately  above  it,  and  to  the  right  of  it,  are 
masses  of  formation  hanging  like  stalactites  of  various  lengths,  and 
bound  together  in  solid  but  graceful  combination.  Farther  still  to  the 
right  is  an  immense  stalactite,  shaped  like  the  body  of  a  kingfish  minus 
its  tail.  The  floor  of  this  part  of  the  Palace  is  also  very  attractive,  by 
reason  of  its  graceful  curves  and  undulations,  and  miniature  rippled 
terraces.  The  more  complex  part  of  the  Palace  to  the  left  begins  with 
a  magnificent  piece  of  shawl  formation,  from  the  lower  end  of  which 
depends  a  splendid  stalactite.  The  shawl  is  draped  at  an  angle  of 
about  22^  degrees,  and  in  a  line  with  its  principal  portion  the  wall 
is  hung  with  marvellous  stalactites,  one  of  which  is  of  great  length, 
and  clear  as  crystal.  Then  there  is  a  cavernous  place,  from  the  shades 
of  which  emerge  rounded  masses  of  white  formation,  fringed  with 
myriads  of  stalactites.  From  behind  these  the  same  kind  of  ornamenta- 
tion is  repeated  again  and  again  until  a  ledge  of  rocks  is  reached, 
which  slopes  down  to  a  marvellously  beautiful  stalagmite  several  feet 
high,  and  which  rises  from  the  floor  immediately  underneath  the 
stalactite  at  the  end  of  the  shawl  before  mentioned. 

The  general  impression  left  by  this  part  of  the  Palace  is  that  its 
grandeur  is  different  from  that  which  distinguishes  other  portions  of 
the  caves,  but  it  would  be  as  difficult  to  say  in  what  the  peculiarity 
consists  as  it  would  be  to  describe  the  general  appearance  presented 
by  different  turns  of  a  kaleidoscope.  The  most  intricate  part  of  the 
Palace  is  distinctive  enough  to  leave  a  separate  memory.  The  wall 
is  covered  with  masses  of  brilliantly  white  formation,  with  stalactites  all 
about  them,  some  short,  some  long,  some  tapering  like  icicles,  some 
straight  like  pipe-stems ;  most  of  them  pellucid,  and  some  like  iridescent 
glass.  Some  of  the  "shawls"  are  delicately  tinted,  and  present  a 


1 66  THE  JENOLAN   CAVES, 

charming-  appearance.  There  are  deep  brown  and  delicate  fawn- 
coloured  banks,  which  seem  as  though  they  were  covered  with  a  stony 
network.  Little  caves  at  the  sides  are  partly  filled  with  drifts  of 
glistening-  snow.  Some  of  the  ledges  are  covered  with  white  stucco, 
with  delicate  fringes.  Many  of  the  stalactites  are  charged  with  water, 
and  the  drops  coquette  with  the  light  and  rival  the  glitter  on  the  walls. 
There  are  stately  and  elegant  shafts  of  alabaster  from  floor  to  ceiling, 
coloured  stalactites  and  stalagmites  nearly  meeting.  At  every  glance 
the  eye  is  pleased  with  new  and  curious  forms  and  rich  combinations 
of  colour.  Masses  of  the  formation  are  fringed  with  contorted  threads 
and  pipes,  and  on  the  foreground  are  some  curiously-shaped  masses 
like  snow,  with  delicate  frost  work  and  projections  like  frosted  hairs 
all  over  their  surface.  These  are  for  the  most  part  opaque,  but  the 
predominant  features  are  crystal. 

The  distance  from  the  Crystal  Palace  to  the  Jewel  Casket  is  about 
15  yards  north-west,  through  a  hall  about  25  feet  high  and  about 
15  feet  wide.  The  Casket  itself  is  a  horizontal  fissure  in  the  rocks,  about 
8  feet  by  12,  filled  with  brilliants  of  various  hues.  Its  splendour  is 
enchanting.  Overhanging  stalactites  guard  the  Casket,  and  form  as 
it  were  bars  of  alabaster,  opal  and  crystal,  and  through  the  spaces 
may  be  seen  many  different  varieties  of  crystallization.  The  floor  is 
carpeted  with  jewels,  set  off  with  sparkling  masses  like  frozen  snow. 
Some  of  the  gems  are  white  like  diamonds,  some  coloured  like  cairn- 
gorms, and  other  varieties  of  rock  crystal  of  even  more  delicate  tints, 
and  numbers  of  them  are  clear  and  translucent.  Some  of  the  orna- 
mentation is  of  a  rich  brown.  The  impression  produced  is  that  nothing 
could  possibly  be  more  brilliant  and  entrancing  than  this  rich  casket; 
and  yet,  remembering  how  many  times  previously  he  has  come  to  the 
same  conclusion  and  subsequently  found  he  had  miscalculated  the 
magnificence  still  in  reserve,  the  visitor  hesitates  to  accept  the  Jewel 
Casket  as  the  ne  plus  ultra  of  cave  magnificence.  Then  there  is  the 


THE   FLOWERING    COLUMN.  167 

Bridal  Veil,  about  10  feet  by  2  feet — a  wonderful  piece  of  delicate 
tracery  imitating-  fine  lace — not  hru,  but  white  as  the  fairest  emblem  of 
a  blameless  life.  Here  are  numerous  terraces  in  deep  brown  and  fawn 
colour  covered  with  spang-les  which  glitter  like  broken-up  moonbeams 
on  the  wavelets  of  a  summer  sea  or  the  phosphorescence  which,  in  the 
wake  of  a  ship,  mocks  the  stars.  The  Flowering  Column  comes  next 
— a  huge  mass  of  formation  25  feet  high,  branching  off  into  all  sorts  of 
shapes  graceful  and  grotesque.  It  is  about  eight  feet  wide  in  the  centre, 
of  a  rich  brown  colour  shading  off  to  a  brighter  and  lighter  hue.  This 
pillar  is  covered  with  remarkable  little  figures  like  flowers  natural  and 
fanciful,  and  near  to  it  is  a  series  of  imitation  cascades  in  regular 
sequence  which  simulate  so  much  natural  force  that  they  might  be 
taken  as  an  illustration  in  lime  of  "how  the  waters  come  down  at 
Lodore."  These  cataracts  or  waterfalls  are  now  for  the  most  part  dry; 
but  at  one  time  the  supply  of  liquid  or  semi-liquid  limestone,  of  which 
they  are  formed,  must  have  been  very  abundant. 


— 


168 


CHAPTER    XXVII. 


HOW  CAVES  ARE  MADE— THE  WORK  OF  AGES. 

r  1  ^HERE  remain  now  to  be  described  but  four  of  the  caves  ordinarily 
jL  frequented  by  visitors.  These  are  "The  Garden  Palace,"  "The 
Stalagmite  Cave,"  "The  Gem  of  the  West,"  and  "The  Fairies'  Retreat," 
with  "The  Queen's  Diamonds."  But,  as  already  intimated,  it  is  im- 
possible to  foretell  what  visions  of  loveliness  may  be  disclosed  by  future 
explorations.  Quite  recently  the  curator  has  wormed  his  way  into  another 
splendid  cave  of  large  dimensions  and  great  beauty.  An  opening  of 
about  eight  feet  leads  to  a  small  chamber  14  feet  wide  and  from  four 
to  eight  feet  high.  The  floor  is  pure  and  sparkling.  There  are  some 
very  pretty  stalactites  and  pieces  of  formation  hanging  from  the  roof, 
with  transparent  pipes  and  straws  terminating  in  little  hair-like  pro- 
jections. From  this  cave  there  is  a  passage  10  inches  by  14  inches 
high  and  then  14  inches  high  by  10  inches  wide,  extending  about 
21  feet,  and  opening  on  to  a  room  with  a  floor  of  velvet-like  coral.  As 
the  foot  rests  on  it  the  sensation  resembles  that  produced  by  walking 
on  a  new  Brussels  carpet,  or  stepping  on  a  frosted  lawn  of  buffalo 
grass,  which  slightly  crunches  beneath  the  feet. 

This  cavern  is  about  25  feet  by  35  feet,  and  from  2  feet  to  10  feet 
high.  From  it  there  is  a  fall  of  about  20  feet,  opening  into  another 
chamber,  to  the  left  of  which  is  a  pretty  fimbriated  tray,  10  feet  by 
12  feet,  filled  with  little  knobs  of  formation,  with  points  so  sharp  that 
any  pressure  of  the  hand  would  cause  pain.  These  nodes  and  points 
are  almost  as  clear  and  spotless  as  the  drops  of  a  glass  chandelier 


MORE    CAVES.  169 

before  they  have  been  converted  into  fly-walks.  Then  there  is  another 
tray  or  basin  with  looped  edges  containing-  crystals  which  are  a  little 
"off  colour;"  and  yet  another,  with  escalloped  border  and  formation 
of  a  milky  hue — that  is,  pure  milky — opaque  white,  not  cerulean  blue. 
This  basin  is  about  14  feet  by  16  feet.  The  roof  immediately  over  the 
basin  is  like  delicate  coral.  To  the  right  is  a  sort  of  illusion  repre- 
senting solidified  water  round  about  black  limestone  pebbles.  This 
crystal  has  been  formed  by  a  run  of  water  from  a  rock,  the  summit 
of  which  is  about  20  feet  away,  and  which  slopes  down  from  the  wall 
at  an  angle  of  about  45  degrees. 

The  sloping  rock  is  beautifully  reticulated  and  marked  by  curved 
lines,  which  gradually  diminish  towards  the  base,  where  the  formation 
changes  to  nodules  and  curiously-formed,  irregular  combinations  of  the 
preceding  figures  massed  together.  From  the  ceiling  descend  various 
formations  of  cave  decoration,  some  clear  as  the  skin  of  a  Mayfair 
beauty  at  her  first  ball,  others  of  a  delicate  fawn  colour,  and  the 
remainder  tinged  with  oxide  of  iron.  There  is  a  range  from  the 
delicate  lily  of  the  valley  to  the  rough  bronze  of  the  muscular  navvy, 
not  to  speak  of  the  dusky  brown  of  the  unwashed  sundowner  who 
arrives  at  a  "station"  when  "the  shades  of  night  are  falling  fast," 
and  whose  motto  is  not  "  Excelsior." 

The  next  chamber  is  about  14  feet  by  12  feet,  at  the  end  of  a  slight 
declivity  as  white  as  snow.  It  is  in  the  form  of  an  ordinary  retort,  and 
is  succeeded  by  another  chamber  of  somewhat  similar  contour,  the 
principal  ornamentation  being  on  the  floor.  Thence  the  course  is 
upwards,  and  the  most  attractive  formation  is  from  the  roof.  The 
stalactites  are  in  clusters,  and  for  the  most  part  small.  Some  of  them 
are  like  twigs,  but  clear  as  a  limpid  stream.  Here  also  are  stalagmites 
about  nine  inches  high,  formed  on  the  ends  of  huge  rocks.  In  addition 
to  these  are  other  smaller  stalagmites  near  to  a  hole  about  14  feet 
deep,  and  on  the  floor  are  fossil  remains.  In  this  hole  are  passages 


I  ;o  THE  JEN 0 LAN   CA  VES. 

unexplored.  Hard  by  is  a  pretty  "  shawl "  hang-ing  from  the  roof,  and 
beyond  it  a  rock  about  three  feet  high,  the  edge  of  which  is  covered 
with  a  fine  substance  like  down,  which,  when  blown  upon,  flies  about 
like  the  winged  seeds  of  thistles.  Descending1  from  this  cavern,  about 
10  yards  through  a  narrow  passage,  there  is  a  steep  fall  of  nearly  10  feet, 
which  leads  to  a  chamber,  the  roof  of  which  is  about  10  feet  high.  On 
the  rig-ht  hand  side  of  this  cave  are  some  very  white  shawl  pattern 
formations  and  stalactites,  and  to  the  left  are  fine  shawls,  clear  as  glass, 
from  four  to  eight  feet  long,  and  from  6  to  12  inches  deep.  Just 
beyond  is  a  crisp,  velvety  floor,  like  that  which  characterises  a  chamber 
previously  described,  but  not  of  the  same  colour.  This  floor  is  in  some 
parts  very  red,  as  though  it  had  been  coloured  with  clay,  and  other 
parts  are  like  glass  stained  with  red  ochre.  The  stalactites  are  thin, 
and  formed  in  all  sorts  of  peculiar  shapes.  The  floor  is  uncommon, 
being  of  a  piebald  character,  appearing  as  though  buckets  of  solution 
of  lime  had  been  cast  upon  it,  in  the  midst  of  some  large  stalactites 
that  give  character  to  the  cave,  which  is  about  40  feet  by  40  feet. 
Passing  on  you  come  to  a  pretty  chamber  ornamented  with  stalactites, 
composed  mostly  of  yellow  crystal.  The  cave  then  runs  nobody  at 
present  knows  where.  There  are  unexplored  chambers  all  around.  This 
cave  is  named  after  the  Government  geologist,  and  is  to  be  known  as 
the  Wilkinson  Cave. 

Mr.  C.  S.  Wilkinson  has  contributed  some  valuable  matter  to  Cave 
literature.  His  account  of  the  Jenolan  Caves,  written  for  the  Government, 
contains  several  beautiful  passages  bearing  upon  the  physical  and  chemical 
agencies  at  work  in  the  formation  of  limestone  caverns.  And  here  it 
may  be  interesting  to  refer  to  one  or  two  other  authorities  also  on  the 
same  subject.  Dr.  Wright,  an  American  scientist,  says,  "  There  can  be 
no  doubt  that  the  solvent  action  of  water  holding  carbonic  acid  in 
solution  "  is  the  primary  agency  concerned  in  the  formation  of  limestone 
caves.  "Limestone,"  he  says,  "is  not  soluble  in  water  until  it  combines 


HOW    CAVES   ARE   MADE.  171 

with  an  additional  proportion  of  carbonic  acid,  by  which  it  is  transformed 
into  the  bicarbonate  of  lirne.  In  this  way  the  process  of  excavation  is 
conducted  until  communication  is  established  with  running-  water,  by  which 
the  mechanical  agency  of  that  fluid  is  made  to  assist  the  chemical.  Little 
niches  and  recesses,  which  seern  to  have  been  chiselled  out  and  polished 
by  artificial  means,  were  formed  in  this  manner;  for  when  these  points 
are  strictly  examined,  a  crevice  will  be  observed  at  the  top  or  at  the 
back  of  them,  through  which  water  issued  at  the  time  of  their  formation, 
but  which  has  been  partially  closed  by  crystals  of  carbonate  of  lime  or 
gypsum."  Dr.  Wright,  referring  to  the  different  conditions  and  different 
periods  of  cave  formation,  says : — "  The  sulphate  of  lime,  which  is  known 
under  the  name  of  gypsum,  plaster  of  Paris,  selenite,  alabaster,  etc., 
exerts  a  much  greater  influence  in  disintegrating  rock  than  the  sulphate 
of  soda.  The  avenues  in  which  gypsum  occurs  are  perfectly  dry,  differing 
in  this  respect  from  those  that  contain  stalactites.  When  rosettes  of 
alabaster  are  formed  in  the  same  avenue  with  stalactites,  the  water 
which  formed  the  latter  has  for  ages  ceased  to  flow,  or  they  are  situated 
far  apart,  as  the  former  cannot  form  in  a  damp  atmosphere." 

Mr.  Wilkinson  also  alludes  to  separate  periods  of  formation  in  con- 
nection with  the  Jenolan  Caves.  He  says  : — "  There  appear  to  have  been 
two  distinct  periods  during-  which  stalactitic  growth  formed  ;  one  of 
comparatively  remote  age,  and  very  local  in  character,  being  chiefly 
confined  to  the  caves  known  as  the  Lurline  and  Bone  Caves;  and 
another  but  recent  and  still  in  operation.  The  older  growth  is  essen- 
tially of  a  stalactitic  type,  and  the  stalactites  are  remarkably  thick, 
though  in  one  or  two  cases  a  huge  stalagmite  is  to  be  seen.  The 
newer  growth  exhibits  every  fantastic  and  beautiful  form  known,  from 
the  thin  hollow  reed  and  transparent  veil  to  the  snow-white  dome  stalag- 
mites, the  crystal-fringed  pool,  the  wave-lined  floor,  and  the  crooked- 
fringed  shapes  that  are  turned  in  all  directions."  But  there  is  one 
passag-e  in  Mr.  Wilkinson's  account  which  takes  us  far  beyond  the  time 


172  THE  JENOLAN   CA  VES. 

when  the  limestone   mountains   were    formed,   and  describes  a  complete 
circle   of  natural    transmutation    and    reproduction,    and   which    may   be 
appropriately  quoted  in  connection  with  the  cave  which  bears  his  name. 
Here  it  is : — "  First,  the  decaying-  vegetation  of  some  ancient   forest   is 
invisibly   distilling-  the   g-as   known   as   carbonic   acid;    then    a   storm   of 
rain  falls,  clearing  the  air  of  the  noxious  gas,  and  distributing  a  thousand 
streamlets  of  acid  water  over  the  surrounding  country,  and  which,  as  it 
drains  off,  not  only  wears  the  rocks  it  passes  over,  but  dissolves  them 
in   minute   quantities,    especially   such   as   contain   much   lime,    and   then, 
laden   with   its   various   compounds,   flows   off  to   the   distant   sea,  where 
reef  corals,  lying  in  fringing  banks  round  the  coast,  are  slowly  absorb- 
ing the   lime   from   the   water   around    them,    and    building    the    fragile 
coatings   that   protect  them   during   life.     Slowly  as   the   land   sinks   the 
coral  bank  increases  in  height,   for  reef  corals   can   only  live   near  the 
surface   of   the   water;    and    soon   a    considerable    thickness    has    been 
obtained;  while  below  the  upper  zone  of  live  corals  lies  a  vast  charnel- 
house  of  dead  coral  coverings ;  then  comes  a  change ;  suitable  temperature, 
or  some  other  essential  condition,   fails,   killing   out   all   the   corals,  and 
through    long    ages    other    deposits    accumulate    over    them,    gradually 
crushing  and  consolidating  the  coral  bank  into  a  firm  rock.     At  last  a 
convulsion  of  the   earth's   crust   brings   it  up  from   the   buried  depth   in 
which  it  lies,  leaving  it  tilted  on  its  edge,  but  still,  perhaps,  below  the 
surface  of  the  ground ;  rain,  frost,  and  snow  slowly  remove  what  covers 
it,  until  it  lies  exposed   again  to  the  sunlight,   but  so   changed   that  but 
for  the  silent  but  irresistible  testimony  of  the  fossil  forms  of  which  it  is 
composed,  it  were  hard  to  believe  that  this  narrow  band  of  hard  grey 
rock  was  once  the  huge  but  fragile  coral  bank  glistening  in  the  bright 
waters  with   a  thousand  hues.     And  now  the  process  is  repeated;   the 
decaying  vegetation   of  the   surrounding    forest    produces   the    carbonic 
acid,    the    rains    spread    it    over    the    ground,   which    is    now  the    most 
favourable   for  being  dissolved,   and  the    consequence   is  that  the   acid 


HOW    CAVES   ARE   MADE.  173 

water  saturates  itself  with  the  limestone  rock,  and  whenever  the  least 
evaporation  takes  place,  has  to  deposit  some  of  its  dissolved  carbonate 
of  lime  in  one  of  the  many  stalactitic  forms,  before  it  can  flow  off  to 
the  sea  and  distribute  its  remaining-  contents  to  fresh  coral  banks.  Thus 
the  old  coral  reef  melts  away  far  inland,  and  the  lime  that  formed  the 
coatings  of  its  corals  is  again  utilised  for  the  same  purpose.  What  a 
simple  succession  of  causes  and  effects,  and  yet  before  the  circle  is 
completed  long-  ages  of  time  have  come  and  gone;  and  what  a  fine 
example  of  the  balance  between  the  waste  and  reproduction  that  takes 
place  in  Nature ! "  And  thus  the  diurnal  motion  of  the  earth  and  its 
annual  journey  round  the  solar  circle,  as  well  as  the  repetitions  of 
history,  have  impressive  geological  analogies.  How  many  hearts  have 
begun  to  beat — how  many  have  throbbed  with  passion  and  ambition, 
and  waxed  cold  as  an  extinct  volcano  in  the  years  required  to  form  a 
small  stalactite  ?  How  many  ages  have  come  and  gone  since  the 
Jenolan  Caves  were  coral  reefs  in  the  azure  sea? 


(    174    ) 


CHAPTER    XXVIII. 


THE  GARDEN  PALACE— THE  STALAGMITE  CAVE  AND  THE 
GEM  OF  THE  WEST. 

THE  "Garden  Palace,"  about  14  yards  north  from  the  Flowering- 
Column,  is  remarkable  for  the  beauty  of  its  proportions  and 
the  charming1  grace  of  its  arches  and  dome.  It  has  on  the  left  hand 
side  a  magnificent  stalactite  descending  from  the  roof,  and  coming 
to  a  fine  point  on  the  top  of  a  stalagmite,  which  rises  a  short 
distance  from  the  floor.  There  are  also  many  other  stalactites  and 
stalagmites  of  rare  proportions.  Near  to  it  is  a  fascinating  little 
crypt  that  can  be  peered  into  from  a  small  aperture  in  the  wall  of 
the  passage,  which  is  here  about  25  feet  wide  and  14  feet  high. 
This  part  of  the  "  Palace "  is  about  4  feet  by  4  feet  6  inches  and 
about  10  inches  high.  There  is  no  association  about  this  portion  to 
vividly  recall  the  elegant  building  which  adorned  the  Inner  Domain, 
or  even  the  grandeur  of  its  ruins,  which  the  fierce  flames  could  not 
consume.  It  is  simply  a  charming  little  peepshow  filled  with  the  most 
dainty  specimens  of  crystallization,  the  purest  stalactites,  and  the  most 
elaborate  decoration.  In  front  is  a  stalagmite  called  the  "Prince's 
Statue/'  Most  of  the  stalactites  are  transparent.  The  stalagmites 
are  white  as  snow,  and  some  of  them  sparkle  with  an  external  coat- 
ing like  hoar-frost.  There  are  small  globular  pieces  covered  with 
tubular  spikes,  like  those  of  the  echinus,  but  as  fine  as  the  stings 
of  bees  or  the  antennae  of  butterflies.  In  the  centre  is  a  little  colour 
ot  a  roseate  hue,  and  the  most  prevalent  forms  resemble  transparent 


ESS* 


THE     ALABASTER     COLUMN. 


THE     GEM     OF     THE     WEST. 


THE    GEM    OF    THE    WEST.  179 

flowers  and  plants  which  rival  the  skill  of  the  glass-blower,  and  sur- 
pass the  most  delicate  work  of  the  artificer  in  gold  and  silver.  This 
crypt  is  like  a  dreamland  treasure-house  filled  with  spoils  of  art 
and  fancy. 

The  Stalagmite  Cave  and  the  "Gem  of  the  West"  are  about 
30  yards  north  of  the  Garden  Palace,  through  a  hall  about  12  feet 
high  and  14  feet  wide.  The  stalagmites  are  magnificent,  and  the 
walls  are  adorned  with  glittering  formation  of  delicate  tracery.  There 
are  some  fine  specimens  of  stalactites,  and  the  distance  between  two 
of  them  has  been  carefully  measured  with  a  view  to  accurate  obser- 
vation as  regards  the  rate  of  future  growth.  Not  far  from  these 
are  some  remarkable  stalagmites,  formed  on  and  about  a  sugarloaf- 
shaped  mound.  The  uppermost  one,  which  appears  incomplete — not 
having  yet  received  its  apex — is  composed  of  five  sections.  Another 
close  by  is  formed  of  eight  or  nine  sections,  and  one  lower  down  of 
about  the  same  number  of  distinct  portions.  Like  some  other  stalag- 
mites already  described,  their  individual  sections  represent  separate 
periods  of  formation  and  of  rest. 

One  of  the  most  beautiful  of  the  large  stalagmites  in  the  caves 
is  the  Alabaster  Column. 

The  "  Gem  of  the  West "  is  in  every  respect  worthy  of  its  name. 
It  is  one  of  the  most  attractive  caves  in  the  series,  and  calls  forth 
expressions  of  delight  the  moment  it  is  illuminated  by  a  magnesium 
lamp.  It  is  carefully  protected  by  wire  netting,  and  retains  all  its  pristine 
loveliness.  It  occupies  but  a  small  space,  being  seven  or  eight  feet 
high  by  about  five  feet  wide.  There  is  a  considerable  amount  of  for- 
mation on  the  roof,  extending  down  the  wall  to  the  ledge  of  a  rock, 
the  flat  under-surface  of  which  forms  the  roof  of  the  cave.  From  it 
descend  numbers  of  stalactites  of  various  lengths,  as  clear  as  crystal. 
In  between  these  are  numerous  small  glass-like  ornaments,  and  here 
and  there  are  little  rifts  filled  with  a  substance  like  drifted  snow  and 

I  2 


i8o  THE  JENOLAN   CAVES. 

sleet.  The  stalactites  are  not  all  clear;  some  of  them  resemble 
alabaster,  and  their  shapes  are  very  grotesque.  Many  are  straight 
as  reeds ;  some  are  bulbous,  and  several  are  combinations  of  straight 
pipe  and  bulb.  A  few  have  grown  obliquely,  but  many  of  the  smaller 
ones  are  contorted  in  the  most  extraordinary  manner.  On  the  other 
side  is  a  formation  like  a  miniature  Niagara,  with  "wild  shapes  for 
many  a  strange  comparison,"  and  forms  of  exquisite  beauty. 

"  Full  many  a  gem  of  purest  ray  serene 
The  dark,  unfathomed  caves  of  ocean  bear. " 

But  ocean  caves  do  not  contain  anything  more  pure  and  captivating 
than  the  splendours  of  the  Gem  of  the  West. 


CHAPTER    XXIX. 


THE    FAIRIES'    RETREAT. 

IT  is  about  40  yards  north-east  from  the  Gem  of  the  West  to  the 
Fairies'  Retreat.  The  passage  is  from  8  to  20  feet  high  and 
from  6  to  14  feet  wide,  and  rather  damp.  The  visitor  ascends  a  short 
ladder  to  a  rocky  ledge,  where  there  is  a  small  opening  and  a  narrow 
passage,  along  which  he  has  to  wriggle  his  way  in  a  recumbent 
posture  and  with  his  feet  foremost.  Long  before  he  has  reached  the 
immediate  entrance  to  the  Retreat  he  begins  to  think  Puck  has  led 
him  a  "pretty  dance,"  and  he  has  gained  some  idea  of  the  least 
pleasant  sensations  incident  to  cave  exploration.  When  he  has  com- 
pleted the  journey  in  a  doubled-up  posture,  and  is  placed  in  an 
attitude  scarcely  less  uncomfortable,  curved  like  a  boomerang,  he  feels 
as  though  he  would  give  the  world  to  be  able  to  stretch  himself. 
But  a  slight  pressure  upwards  reminds  him  of  the  superincumbent 
mountain,  and  so  he  feels  like  a  prisoner  with  billions  of  tons  above 
him  and  the  rocky  base  below.  He  begins  to  grow  hot,  and  would  give 
anything  to  be  in  a  place  capacious  enough  to  enable  him  to  expand 
and  breathe  freely.  However,  the  lamp  is  turned  on,  and  for  a 
moment  or  two  he  is  lost  in  admiration  of  the  scene.  He  might 
fancy  himself  Sindbad  in  the  Diamond  Valley,  or  think  that  the  cave- 
keeper  possessed  the  lamp  of  Aladdin,  or  that  he  had  come  upon 
enchanted  land.  This  Retreat  extends  S.E.  about  20  yards.  Its 
entrance  is  about  2  feet  by  20  inches  at  the  embouchure,  and  it  widens 
a  little  towards  the  end.  It  is  about  four  feet  wide  and  three  feet 


182  THE  JENOLAN    CAVES. 

high,  and  is  filled  with  glittering  cave  gems  and  alabaster  flowers, 
and  myriads  of  figures  which  sparkle  with  brilliants.  But  what  are  the 
brightest  jewels  and  the  choicest  flowers  to  ease  of  body  and  mental 
serenity?  Many  of  the  fair  sex  have  visited  this  Retreat,  carefully 
tutored  and  assisted  by  the  curator.  It  may  be  appropriately  and 
pleasantly  inspected  by  agile  sylphs  and  dapper  little  men  who  affect 
a  contempt  for  muscular  development  and  insist  upon  being  gauged 
by  Dr.  Watts's  standard,  but  ladies  who  are  massive  and  gentlemen 
who  are  portly  and  plethoric  will,  when  making  their  exit,  caterpillar 
fashion,  think  it  very  absurd  that  so  splendid  a  spectacle  should  have 
so  mean  and  inconvenient  an  approach. 

THE   QUEEN'S   DIAMONDS. 

After  seeing  the  Fairies'  Retreat  there  remains  but  one  other  sur- 
prise, and  that  is  "The  Queen's  Diamonds."  These  are  in  a  casket 
easily  accessible,  and  the  opening  to  which  is  about  three  feet  wide  by 
one  foot  high.  The  jewel  case  itself  is  about  four  feet  wide,  three  feet 
deep,  and  12  feet  long.  When  the  light  is  turned  into  it  the  brilliancy 
of  the  scene  is  perfectly  dazzling.  The  prismatic  formations  are  won- 
derful, and  the  blaze  of  magnificence  mocks  the  descriptive  power  of 
either  pen  or  pencil.  It  is  "labyrinth  of  light"  which  appeals  to  the 
imagination  with  rare  force.  Edgar  A.  Poe  worked  up  an  excellent 
sensation  in  his  story  of  "  The  Gold  Bug."  The  way  in  which  Mr. 
William  Legrand  became  possessed  of  the  scarabaeus  with  scales  of 
bright  metallic  lustre,  and  of  the  scrap  of  paper  which  contained 
mysterious  directions  leading  to  hidden  piratical  plunder  by  Kidd, 
is  not  more  interesting  to  the  general  reader  than  cryptography  is 
to  the  student.  The  enthusiastic  way  in  which  the  curator  speaks  of 
this  cave  and  its  distance  and  measurements  recalls  to  memory  the 
exciting  incidents  connected  with  the  death's-head,  the  gold  bug 
dropped  through  its  eye-socket,  the  taping  of  the  distance  from  the 


THE    QUEEN'S   DIAMONDS.  183 

fall  of  the  scarabaeus  to  the  hidden  wealth,  the  hurried  digging,  and 
the  discovery  of  thz  buried  treasure.  "As  the  rays  of  the  lantern  fell 
within  the  pit,  there  flashed  upwards  a  glow  and  a  glare  from  a  con- 
fused heap  of  gold  and  of  jewels  that  absolutely  dazzled  our  eyes." 
The  feeling  produced  in  that  case  was  exhaustion  from  excitement; 
but  the  sensation  caused  by  a  glance  at  the  brilliance  of  the  Queen's 
Diamonds  is  one  of  intense  gratification.  It  is  a  most  vivid  and 
lustrous  spectacle.  The  crystals  are  in  clusters  grouped  together  like 
the  petals  of  flowers,  and  these  flower-shaped  forms  combine  with 
others  of  a  similar  kind,  and  constitute  elaborate  floral  masses.  They 
are  much  more  difficult  to  decipher  than  was  the  cryptography  left  by 
the  pirate  Kidd.  As  Brewster  puts  it,  "  though  the  examination  of 
these  bodies  has  been  pretty  well  pursued,  we  can  form  at  present 
no  adequate  idea  of  the  complex  and  beautiful  organization  of  these 
apparently  simple  bodies"  Of  the  1,500  or  more  different  crystals 
known  to  science,  nearly  half  are  composed  of  carbonate  of  lime,  but 
"  The  Queen's  Diamonds "  are  certainly  among  the  rarest.  The  crys- 
tallized forms  in  the  caves  are  very  numerous.  Some  of  them  are 
irregular,  on  account  of  the  substance  not  having  been  sufficiently 
divided  before  its  deposition,  or  because  of  inadequate  space  or 
insufficient  repose,  but  for  the  most  part  they  are  regular  and  perfect 
of  their  kind.  None,  however,  are  more  regularly  formed  or  more 
pronounced  than  "The  Queen's  Diamonds."  It  would  be  difficult  to 
describe  their  geometric  shape.  The  separate  fragments  of  each  cluster 
vary  from  about  an  inch  to  a  fraction  thereof.  They  are  like  three- 
sided  prisms,  tapering  to  points  at  the  ends.  The  edges  are  sharp 
as  knives  from  the  centre  to  the  upper  point;  but  from  the  centre  to 
the  end  which  is  joined  to  others,  the  sharp  edge  is  replaced  by  a 
smooth  surface,  as  though  a  cut  had  been  made  with  a  razor.  The 
upper  ends  of  these  prisms  are  clear  as  glass ;  the  lower  ends  are  a 
little  cloudy.  The  brilliancy  of  the  combination  is  marvellous. 


CHAPTER    XXX. 


GENERAL    IMPRESSIONS. 

WHEN  the  Queen  of  Sheba  heard  of  the  fame  of  Solomon  she 
went  to  Jerusalem  with  a  great  train,  with  camels  that  bore 
spices  and  large  quantities  of  gold  and  precious  stones,  and  fully 
satisfied  the  curiosity  commonly  attributed  to  her  sex.  She  proved 
the  wisdom  of  the  far-famed  monarch,  admired  his  house  and  its 
appointments,  the  apparel  of  his  servants,  the  attendance  of  his 
ministers,  and  the  magnificence  of  his  daily  table ;  and,  according  to 
Josephus,  she  said:  "As  for  the  report,  it  only  attempted  to  persuade 
our  hearing,  but  did  not  so  make  known  the  dignity  of  the  things 
themselves  as  does  the  sight  of  them,  and  being  present  among 
them.  I,  indeed,  who  did  not  believe  what  was  reported  by  reason 
of  the  multitude  and  grandeur  of  the  things  I  inquired  about,  do  see 
them  to  be  much  more  numerous  than  they  were  reported  to  be." 
Or,  as  the  verdict  of  "  the  Queen  of  the  South "  is  given  in  the 
Authorized  Version  of  the  Old  Testament,  "  I  believed  not  the  words 
until  I  came,  and  mine  eyes  had  seen  it;  and,  behold,  the  half  was 
not  told  me."  A  similar  testimony  will  be  borne  by  most  visitors 
in  regard  to  the  magnificence  of  the  Jenolan  Caves,  and  "the  multi- 
tude and  grandeur"  of  the  objects  which  excite  surprise  or  challenge 
admiration  at  almost  every  step.  Jenolan  is  a  veritable  wonderland, 
as  well  as  a  most  interesting  geological  study.  It  presents  features 


GENERAL    IMPRESSIONS.  185 

sufficiently  sublime  to  touch  the  deepest  chords  of  the  human  heart: 
forms  sufficiently  graceful  to  charm  the  artist;  situations  affording 
novel  material  for  the  romancist;  configurations,  transmutations,  and 
fascinations  to  move  the  soul  of  the  poet;  and  vast,  silent  cathedrals 
which  inspire  a  feeling1  of  devotion,  for — 

"Nature,  with  folded  hands,  seems  there 
Kneeling  at  her  evening  prayer. " 

Some  of  the  best  photographs  which  have  been  taken  of  the  most 
prominent  features  of  the  caves  give  an  idea  of  their  grandeur,  but 
it  is  only  a  poor  one.  They  convey  no  impression  of  their  delicate 
sheen  and  dazzling1  beauty,  of  the  gradations  of  tint  and  colour ;  of 
the  mystic  crypts  and  charming1  contours.  A  good  photograph  may 
aid  those  who  have  seen  the  caves  to  fill  in  details,  but  even  to  the 
most  imaginative  person  who  has  not  had  the  pleasure  of  a  personal 
inspection  it  cannot  possibly  convey  anything1  like  an  adequate  sense 
of  the  thousand  and  one  charms  which  elude  both  the  photographer 
and  the  artist.  There  is  as  much  difference  between  the  pictorial 
illustration  and  the  reality  as  there  is  between  a  vacant  stare  and  an 
eye  filled  with  lovelight  and  sparkling1  recognition.  And  the  same 
remark  will  apply  in  greater  or  lesser  degree  to  verbal  description. 
Words  are  altogether  too  poor,  and  it  may  be  folly  to  attempt  to 
describe  the  indescribably  beautiful.  Among  the  numerous  inscrip- 
tions in  the  cave  book,  a  visitor  has  given  his  judgment  upon  this 
point  very  bluntly.  He  says,  without  periphrasis  or  euphemism — "The 
man  who  would  attempt  to  describe  these  caves  is  a  fool."  Still,  these 
articles  as  they  appeared  in  the  Sydney  Morning  Herald,  have  at  least 
brought  the  caves  prominently  before  the  public,  and  perchance  in  their 
present  form  may  be  of  use  to  future  visitors. 

On  leaving  the  Cimmerian  gloom  of  the  Imperial  Cave,  and  emerg- 
ing into  the  clear  daylight,  the  sensation  is  strange,  for  after  being  two 
or  three  hours  entombed  in  the  heart  of  the  limestone  mountains,  the 


186  THE  JENOLAN    CA  VES. . 

darkness  seems  as  natural  as  night.      It  is  joyous,  however,  to  be  back 
again  in  the  sunshine,  and  to  find  that — 

"  There  is  a  tongue  in  every  leaf, 
A  voice  in  every  rill." 


CAVES    UNEXPLORED. 

And  as  you  glance  once  more  along  the  limestone  mountain  ridge 
you  wonder  what  hidden  beauties  yet  remain  to  be  revealed.  To  the 
north  from  the  Devil's  Coach-house  numerous  caves  are  known  to  exist, 
and  it  is  probable  that  some  of  them  may  present  features  more  remark- 
able than  any  yet  discovered.  The  creek,  which  runs  quietly  along,  has 
on  its  way  some  oblique  outlets  before  it  sinks  into  the  earth,  and  recalls, 
with  its  surroundings,  the  pleasure-place  of  Kubla  Khan, — 

"  Where  Alf  the  sacred  river  ran 
Through  caverns  measureless  to  man 
Down  to  the  sunless  sea." 

The  first  of  these  caves  is  very  deep,  with  a  steep  ascent.  The 
curator  has  penetrated  it  to  a  depth  of  160  feet.  He  was  lowered  into 
one  shaft  100  feet  perpendicular,  and  found  in  it  a  number  of  interesting 
bones,  which  he  sent  to  the  museum  of  the  Department  of  Mines  in 
Sydney.  One  of  them  resembled  the  tusk  of  a  tiger,  and  was  thought 
to  be  too  large  to  have  been  in  the  jaw  of  any  Australian  animal 
extant.  The  next  known  cave  is  called  the  "  Glass  Cave,"  on  account 
of  the  transparent  beauty  of  its  adornments,  which  are  equal  to  those  of 
the  Imperial  Cave.  The  third  is  unexplored,  but  there  is  reason  to 
believe  that  it  is  very  extensive.  The  fourth,  which  seems  to  run  south- 
ward, is  also  unexplored.  Some  time  ago  the  curator  was  lowered  into 
it,  a  depth  of  80  feet,  but  he  has  not  been  able  to  make  any  examination 
of  its  interior.  Next  is  the  Mammoth  Cave,  so  called  because  of  its 
vast  chambers.  One  of  these  is  estimated  to  be  upwards  of  300  feet 
high,  loo  feet  long,  and  100  feet  wide.  It  contains  a  large  amount  of 


UNEXPLORED    CAVES.  187 

formation,  the  prettiest  portions  of  which  are  about  200  feet   from  the 
floor.      The  roof  is  so  high  that  the  magnesium  lamp  is  hardly  strong 
enough  to  bring  it  into  view.     There  is  a  very  long  and  wide  chamber 
leading  from  this  towards  the  south,  with  a  large  number  of  "drops" 
of  from  100  to  150  feet,   many  of  them  unexplored.     The  length  of  this 
chamber  is  about  10  chains — that   is,  one-eighth  of  a  mile.     From  this 
the  curator  was  lowered  into  another  chamber  of  vast  proportions,  and 
from  60  to  i (X)  feet  deeper  down,  through  solid  limestone.     At  the  end 
of  its  undulating  floor  he  came  to  a  river  about  six  feet  wide  and  nine 
inches  deep,  the  water  of  which  was  running  in  a  strong  stream.     Round 
about  are  many  little  caverns  full  of  bones.     The  next  is  the  Bow  Cave, 
to  which   reference   has   previously  been   made.      It   is   a  small   cavern, 
and,  as  has  already  been  explained,  there  were  found  in  it  six  bullock 
bows,  together  with   two   harrow  pins,  and  a  pair  of  hinges ;  supposed 
to  have  been  "planted"  there  by  M'Ewan,  the   bushranger,  about   the 
year    1839.      This    cave    has    about    it   numerous   small   drives   not  yet 
explored.      Farther   on   is   a  pretty  cave,  running,  with  a  gentle   slope, 
two  or  three  hundred  yards  into  the  mountains,  and  containing  numerous 
chambers   and  water-holes.     Five   or   six   of  these   chambers   only  have 
been    explored,    and    they    contain    some    very    handsome     stalactites. 
Farther  on  are  two  or  three  other  caves,  to  the  entrance  of  which  only 
the  curator  has  been.     Above  all  these  caves  a  strong  stream  of  water 
sinks    suddenly  into   the   ground.      It    is   believed    that    this    feeds    the 
river  in   the   Mammoth   Cave,   and   afterwards  flows  into  the   Imperial, 
and  comes  to  the  surface  again  in  Camp  Creek,  on  the  other  side  of 
the    limestone    range,   where    it    bursts   up    suddenly   from    between    the 
boulders,   as  though  there  were  underneath  them  a  broken  42-inch  city 
water-pipe. 

On  the  south  side  of  the  Grand  Arch  are  several  known  caves.  The 
curator  has  been  lowered  about  100  feet  into  one  of  small  dimensions, 
with  a  large  chamber  from  it,  containing  many  sonorous  stalactites  of 


1 88  THE  JENOLAN   CAVES, 

large  proportions,  as  well  as  much  elaborate  formation.  Next  to  this 
is  a  cavern  called  the  Specimen  Cave.  It  is  about  20  feet  deep, 
with  a  large  number  of  bones  on  the  floor,  which  has  been  broken 
away.  The  fracture  shows  that  it  was  largely  composed  of  red  clay. 
The  broken  face  is  full  of  bones.  This  cave  would  be  worth  special 
examination,  because  it  is  believed  many  of  the  bones  belonged  to 
animals  which  have  disappeared  from  New  South  Wales.  Farther  on 
is  a  cave  into  which,  five  years  ago,  the  curator  was  lowered  about 
240  feet.  At  a  still  greater  distance,  three  miles  from  the  Cave  House, 
is  a  cave,  with  a  strong  stream  of  water  flowing  out  of  it.  That  is  the 
farthest  limestone  visible  on  this  side  of  the  mountain.  The  stream 
sinks  into  the  ground  at  a  short  distance  after  it  leaves  the  mouth  of 
the  cave.  It  is  believed  that  this  water  runs  underneath  all  the  caves 
on  the  south  side  into  the  Lucas  Cave,  and  is  not  seen  again  until  it 
re-appears  under  "The  Bridge."  The  range  of  limestone  rocks  seen 
from  the  Cave  House  extends  north  and  south  five-and-a-half  or  six 
miles.  At  each  end  water  in  considerable  volume  sinks  into  the  earth 
suddenly  and  re-appears  in  caves  near  the  centre  of  the  valley;  the 
northern  stream  flowing  through  the  Imperial  Cave,  and  the  southern 
through  the  Lucas  Cave.  Both  streams  come  to  the  surface  in  Camp 
Creek,  and  chatter  away  towards  the  sea. 


CHAPTER    XXXI. 


CONCLUSION. 

THE  journey  from  Sydney  to  the  Caves  is  long  and  expensive,  but 
the  route  is  interesting-  all  the  way.  Thirty-six  miles  from,  the 
city  after  crossing  the  Emu  Plains  and  the  magnificent  bridge  over  the 
Nepean  at  Penrith,  87  feet  above  sea-level,  the  train  begins  to  climb 
the  mountain  range,  and  after  travelling  52  miles  it  attains  an  altitude 
of  3,658  feet.  The  first  zigzag  up  Lapstone  Hill  brings  into  view  a 
splendid  panorama,  and,  notwithstanding  the  disregard  of  railway  sur- 
veyors for  fine  scenery  when  it  is  placed  in  the  balance  against 
economical  construction,  there  are  many  glorious  glimpses  to  be 
obtained  from  the  carriage  windows  during  the  journey  between  Sydney 
and  Tarana.  If  the  traveller  has  time  to  stop  en  route  he  will  find  much 
to  interest  him  round  about  Lawson  and  Katoomba,  Blackheath  and 
Mount  Victoria.  The  great  Zigzag  into  the  Lithgow  valley  is  one  of 
the  most  remarkable  feats  of  engineering  in  the  world.  There  is  a 
fall  of  about  230  yards  in  five  miles  of  running.  Even  after  this  sudden 
descent  the  country  is  still  very  elevated,  and  at  Tarana,  where  it  is 
necessary  to  take  coach  for  the  Caves,  it  is  upwards  of  2,500  feet  above 
the  level  of  the  sea. 

The  train  which  leaves  Sydney  at  9  o'clock  in  the  morning  arrives 
at  Tarana  at  4.15  in  the  afternoon.  By  coach  or  buggy  from  Tarana 
the  little  agricultural  township  of  Oberon — distant  about  18  miles— can 
be  approached  comfortably  the  same  evening.  At  Oberon  there  is  a 


THE  JENOLAN    CA  VES. 

well-kept  hotel,  which  reminds  one  of  the  best  village  hostelries  in 
the  old  country.  Here  it  is  customary  to  stay  the  night.  Bidding  good 
morning  to  your  host  after  a  moderately  early  breakfast,  you  can  drive 
to  the  door  of  the  Cave  House  just  in  time  for  lunch. 

The  road  from  Tarana  to  Oberon  is  well  made  and  metalled,  and 
with  a  pair  of  good  horses  you  can  travel  at  a  spanking  pace.  From 
Oberon  to  the  Caves  the  road  is  also  good,  but  not  so  wide  as  that 
from  Tarana  to  Oberon.  A  considerable  portion  of  it  may  be  described 
in  fact  as  an  excellently  kept  bush  track.  The  road  down  the  Zigzag 
is,  as  already  mentioned,  a  trial  to  the  nerves  of  timid  people.  It  is 
much  too  narrow,  and  ought  to  be  widened  by  cutting  still  farther  into 
the  mountain  side,  building  up  the  retaining  wall  more  substantially, 
and  paying  greater  attention  to  drainage.  A  cable  tramway  would 
then  make  the  transit  easy  and  pleasant. 

A  light  railway  to  Oberon  would  probably  give  as  good  a  return  as 
nine-tenths  of  the  mileage  on  our  railways,  and  if  the  tramway  from 
there  to  the  Caves  would  not  pay  immediately  it  would  ultimately  create 
settlement  and  traffic,  and  in  the  meantime  be  an  important  factor  in 
increasing  the  traffic  on  the  140  miles  of  railway  leading  to  it  from 
Sydney. 

Until  a  short  time  ago  the  Caves  were  completely  cut  off  from 
rapid  communication  with  the  outer  world,  but  now  they  are  in  tele- 
phonic communication  with  the  telegraph  system  of  the  colony. 


PRINTED  BY  EYRE  AND  SPOTTISWOODE, 

Her  Majesty's  Printers, 
DOWNS  PARK  ROAD,  HACKNEY. 


Los  Angeles 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


APR  10  1959 

MAY  4    19! 

MAR  3      1954 


NOV2 


J95? 


Form  L9-25m-8,'46 (9852)444 


A    000  961  382     8 


DU 
180 

J4LC7